Import CSRG 4.4BSD-Lite2 lib/libc onto vendor branch

76 files changed, 12377 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b24f7dab6784
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile.inc	8.6 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+
+# machine-independent gen sources
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/gen ${.CURDIR}/gen
+
+SRCS+=	alarm.c assert.c clock.c closedir.c confstr.c crypt.c ctermid.c \
+	ctime.c daemon.c devname.c difftime.c disklabel.c err.c errlst.c \
+	exec.c fnmatch.c frexp.c fstab.c fts.c getbsize.c getcap.c getcwd.c \
+	getgrent.c getgrouplist.c gethostname.c getloadavg.c getlogin.c \
+	getmntinfo.c getnetgrent.c getpagesize.c getpass.c getpwent.c \
+	getttyent.c getusershell.c getvfsbyname.c glob.c initgroups.c isatty.c \
+	nice.c nlist.c opendir.c pause.c popen.c psignal.c pwcache.c raise.c \
+	readdir.c rewinddir.c scandir.c seekdir.c sethostname.c setjmperr.c \
+	setmode.c siginterrupt.c siglist.c signal.c \
+	sigsetops.c sleep.c sysconf.c sysctl.c syslog.c telldir.c \
+	termios.c time.c times.c timezone.c ttyname.c ttyslot.c ualarm.c \
+	uname.c unvis.c usleep.c utime.c valloc.c vis.c wait.c wait3.c \
+	waitpid.c
+
+# machine-dependent gen sources
+.include "${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/gen/Makefile.inc"
+
+.if (${MACHINE} == "tahoe" || ${MACHINE} == "vax")
+errlst.o errlst.po:
+	${CC} -S ${CFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC}
+	ed - < ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/:errfix errlst.s
+	${AS} -o ${.TARGET} errlst.s
+	rm -f errlst.s
+.endif
+
+MAN3+=	alarm.0 clock.0 confstr.0 crypt.0 ctermid.0 ctime.0 daemon.0 \
+	devname.0 directory.0 err.0 exec.0 fnmatch.0 frexp.0 fts.0 \
+	getbsize.0 getcap.0 getcwd.0 getdiskbyname.0 getfsent.0 \
+	getgrent.0 getgrouplist.0 gethostname.0 getloadavg.0 \
+	getmntinfo.0 getnetgrent.0 getpagesize.0 getpass.0 getpwent.0 \
+	getttyent.0 getusershell.0 getvfsbyname.0 glob.0 initgroups.0 isinf.0 \
+	ldexp.0 modf.0 nice.0 nlist.0 pause.0 popen.0 psignal.0 pwcache.0 \
+	raise.0 realpath.0 scandir.0 setjmp.0 setmode.0 siginterrupt.0 \
+	signal.0 sigsetops.0 sleep.0 sysconf.0 sysctl.0 syslog.0 tcgetpgrp.0 \
+	tcsendbreak.0 tcsetattr.0 tcsetpgrp.0 time.0 times.0 timezone.0 \
+	ttyname.0 tzset.0 ualarm.0 uname.0 unvis.0 usleep.0 utime.0 \
+	valloc.0 vis.0
+
+MLINKS+=crypt.3 encrypt.3 crypt.3 setkey.3
+MLINKS+=ctime.3 asctime.3 ctime.3 difftime.3 ctime.3 gmtime.3 \
+	ctime.3 localtime.3 ctime.3 mktime.3
+MLINKS+=directory.3 closedir.3 directory.3 dirfd.3 directory.3 opendir.3 \
+	directory.3 readdir.3 directory.3 rewinddir.3 directory.3 seekdir.3 \
+	directory.3 telldir.3
+MLINKS+=exec.3 execl.3 exec.3 execle.3 exec.3 execlp.3 exec.3 execv.3 \
+	exec.3 execvp.3
+MLINKS+=err.3 verr.3 err.3 errx.3 err.3 verrx.3 err.3 warn.3 err.3 vwarn.3 \
+	err.3 warnx.3 err.3 vwarnx.3
+MLINKS+=isinf.3 isnan.3
+MLINKS+=getcap.3 cgetcap.3 getcap.3 cgetclose.3 getcap.3 cgetent.3 \
+	getcap.3 cgetfirst.3 getcap.3 cgetmatch.3 getcap.3 cgetnext.3 \
+	getcap.3 cgetnum.3 getcap.3 cgetset.3 getcap.3 cgetstr.3 \
+	getcap.3 cgetustr.3
+MLINKS+=getcwd.3 getwd.3
+MLINKS+=getfsent.3 endfsent.3 getfsent.3 getfsfile.3 getfsent.3 getfsspec.3 \
+	getfsent.3 getfstype.3 getfsent.3 setfsent.3
+MLINKS+=getgrent.3 endgrent.3 getgrent.3 setgroupent.3 getgrent.3 getgrgid.3 \
+	getgrent.3 getgrnam.3 getgrent.3 setgrent.3 getgrent.3 setgrfile.3
+MLINKS+=gethostname.3 sethostname.3
+MLINKS+=getnetgrent.3 endnetgrent.3 getnetgrent.3 setnetgrent.3 \
+	getnetgrent.3 innetgr.3
+MLINKS+=getpwent.3 endpwent.3 getpwent.3 setpassent.3 getpwent.3 getpwnam.3 \
+	getpwent.3 getpwuid.3 getpwent.3 setpwent.3 getpwent.3 setpwfile.3
+MLINKS+=getttyent.3 endttyent.3 getttyent.3 getttynam.3 getttyent.3 setttyent.3
+MLINKS+=getusershell.3 endusershell.3 getusershell.3 setusershell.3
+MLINKS+=glob.3 globfree.3
+MLINKS+=popen.3 pclose.3
+MLINKS+=psignal.3 sys_siglist.3
+MLINKS+=pwcache.3 user_from_uid.3 pwcache.3 group_from_gid.3
+MLINKS+=scandir.3 alphasort.3
+MLINKS+=setjmp.3 _longjmp.3 setjmp.3 _setjmp.3 setjmp.3 longjmp.3 \
+	setjmp.3 longjmperr.3 setjmp.3 longjmperror.3 \
+	setjmp.3 sigsetjmp.3 setjmp.3 siglongjmp.3
+MLINKS+=setmode.3 getmode.3
+MLINKS+=sigsetops.3 sigemptyset.3 sigsetops.3 sigfillset.3 \
+	sigsetops.3 sigaddset.3 sigsetops.3 sigdelset.3 \
+	sigsetops.3 sigismember.3
+MLINKS+=syslog.3 closelog.3 syslog.3 openlog.3 syslog.3 setlogmask.3 \
+	syslog.3 vsyslog.3
+MLINKS+=tcsendbreak.3 tcdrain.3 tcsendbreak.3 tcflush.3 tcsendbreak.3 tcflow.3
+MLINKS+=tcsetattr.3 tcgetattr.3 tcsetattr.3 cfsetospeed.3 \
+	tcsetattr.3 cfgetospeed.3 tcsetattr.3 cfgetispeed.3 \
+	tcsetattr.3 cfsetispeed.3 tcsetattr.3 cfsetspeed.3 \
+	tcsetattr.3 cfmakeraw.3
+MLINKS+=ttyname.3 isatty.3 ttyname.3 ttyslot.3
+MLINKS+=tzset.3 tzsetwall.3
+MLINKS+=vis.3 strvis.3 vis.3 strvisx.3
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/crypt.3 b/lib/libc/gen/crypt.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7ecf0cfec675
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/crypt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)crypt.3	8.1.1.1 (Berkeley) 8/18/93
+.\"
+.Dd August 18, 1993
+.Dt CRYPT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm crypt ,
+.Nm setkey ,
+.Nm encrypt ,
+.Nm des_setkey ,
+.Nm des_cipher
+.Nd DES encryption
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft char
+.Fn *crypt "const char *key" "const char *setting"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setkey "char *key"
+.Ft int
+.Fn encrypt "char *block" "int flag"
+.Ft int
+.Fn des_setkey "const char *key"
+.Ft int
+.Fn des_cipher "const char *in" "char *out" "long salt" "int count"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Xr crypt
+function
+performs password encryption.
+It is derived from the
+.Tn NBS
+Data Encryption Standard.
+Additional code has been added to deter
+key search attempts.
+The first argument to
+.Nm crypt
+is
+a
+.Dv NUL Ns -terminated
+string (normally a password typed by a user).
+The second is a character array, 9 bytes in length, consisting of an
+underscore (``_'') followed by 4 bytes of iteration count and 4 bytes
+of salt.
+Both the iteration
+.Fa count
+and the 
+.Fa salt
+are encoded with 6 bits per character, least significant bits first.
+The values 0 to 63 are encoded by the characters ``./0-9A-Za-z'',
+respectively.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa salt
+is used to induce disorder in to the
+.Tn DES
+algorithm
+in one of 16777216
+possible ways
+(specifically, if bit
+.Em i
+of the
+.Ar salt
+is set then bits
+.Em i
+and
+.Em i+24
+are swapped in the
+.Tn DES
+``E'' box output).
+The
+.Ar key
+is divided into groups of 8 characters (a short final group is null-padded)
+and the low-order 7 bits of each character (56 bits per group) are
+used to form the DES key as follows: the first group of 56 bits becomes the
+initial DES key.
+For each additional group, the XOR of the group bits and the encryption of
+the DES key with itself becomes the next DES key.
+Then the final DES key is used to perform
+.Ar count
+cumulative encryptions of a 64-bit constant.
+The value returned is a
+.Dv NUL Ns -terminated
+string, 20 bytes in length, consisting
+of the
+.Ar setting
+followed by the encoded 64-bit encryption.
+.Pp
+For compatibility with historical versions of
+.Xr crypt 3 ,
+the
+.Ar setting
+may consist of 2 bytes of salt, encoded as above, in which case an
+iteration
+.Ar count
+of 25 is used, fewer perturbations of
+.Tn DES
+are available, at most 8
+characters of
+.Ar key
+are used, and the returned value is a
+.Dv NUL Ns -terminated
+string 13 bytes in length.
+.Pp
+The
+functions,
+.Fn encrypt ,
+.Fn setkey ,
+.Fn des_setkey
+and
+.Fn des_cipher
+allow limited access to the
+.Tn DES
+algorithm itself.
+The
+.Ar key
+argument to
+.Fn setkey
+is a 64 character array of
+binary values (numeric 0 or 1).
+A 56-bit key is derived from this array by dividing the array
+into groups of 8 and ignoring the last bit in each group.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn encrypt
+argument
+.Fa block
+is also a 64 character array of
+binary values.
+If the value of
+.Fa flag
+is 0,
+the argument
+.Fa block
+is encrypted, otherwise it fails.
+The encryption is returned in the original
+array
+.Fa block
+after using the
+key specified
+by
+.Fn setkey
+to process it.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn des_setkey
+and
+.Fn des_cipher
+functions are faster but less portable than
+.Fn setkey
+and
+.Fn encrypt .
+The argument to
+.Fn des_setkey
+is a character array of length 8.
+The
+.Em least
+significant bit in each character is ignored and the next 7 bits of each
+character are concatenated to yield a 56-bit key.
+The function
+.Fn des_cipher
+encrypts the 64-bits stored in the 8 characters at
+.Fa in
+using
+.Xr abs 3
+of
+.Fa count
+iterations of
+.Tn DES
+and stores the 64-bit result in the 8 characters at
+.Fa out .
+The
+.Fa salt
+specifies perturbations to
+.Tn DES
+as described above.
+.Pp
+The function
+.Fn crypt
+returns a pointer to the encrypted value on success and NULL on failure.
+The functions
+.Fn setkey ,
+.Fn encrypt ,
+.Fn des_setkey ,
+and
+.Fn des_cipher
+return 0 on success and 1 on failure.
+Historically, the functions
+.Fn setkey
+and
+.Fn encrypt
+did not return any value.
+They have been provided return values primarily to distinguish
+implementations where hardware support is provided but not
+available or where the DES encryption is not available due to the
+usual political silliness.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr passwd 1 ,
+.Xr getpass 3 ,
+.Xr passwd 5
+.sp
+.Rs
+.%T "Mathematical Cryptology for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians"
+.%A Wayne Patterson
+.%D 1987
+.%N ISBN 0-8476-7438-X
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%T "Password Security: A Case History"
+.%A R. Morris
+.%A Ken Thompson
+.%J "Communications of the ACM"
+.%V vol. 22
+.%P pp. 594-597
+.%D Nov. 1979
+.Re
+.Rs
+.%T "DES will be Totally Insecure within Ten Years"
+.%A M.E. Hellman
+.%J "IEEE Spectrum"
+.%V vol. 16
+.%P pp. 32-39
+.%D July 1979
+.Re
+.Sh HISTORY
+A rotor-based
+.Fn crypt
+function appeared in
+.At v6 .
+The current style
+.Fn crypt
+first appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Dropping the
+.Em least
+significant bit in each character of the argument to
+.Fn des_setkey
+is ridiculous.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn crypt
+function leaves its result in an internal static object and returns
+a pointer to that object.
+Subsequent calls to
+.Fn crypt
+will modify the same object.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/devname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/devname.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..49fcc780ff55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/devname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)devname.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/29/95
+.\"
+.Dd April 29, 1995
+.Dt DEVNAME 3
+.Os BSD 4.4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm devname
+.Nd get device name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn devname "dev_t dev" "mode_t type"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn devname
+function returns a pointer to the name of the block or character
+device in
+.Dq Pa /dev
+with a device number of
+.Fa dev ,
+and a file type matching the one encoded in
+.Fa type
+which must be one of S_IFBLK or S_IFCHR.
+If no device matches the specified values, or no information is
+available, NULL is returned.
+.Pp
+The traditional display for applications when no device is
+found is the string
+.Dq ?? .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr dev_mkdb 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm devname
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/devname.c b/lib/libc/gen/devname.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..39178fec2364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/devname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)devname.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/29/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <db.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+char *
+devname(dev, type)
+	dev_t dev;
+	mode_t type;
+{
+	struct {
+		mode_t type;
+		dev_t dev;
+	} bkey;
+	static DB *db;
+	static int failure;
+	DBT data, key;
+
+	if (!db && !failure &&
+	    !(db = dbopen(_PATH_DEVDB, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL))) {
+		warn("warning: %s", _PATH_DEVDB);
+		failure = 1;
+	}
+	if (failure)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * Keys are a mode_t followed by a dev_t.  The former is the type of
+	 * the file (mode & S_IFMT), the latter is the st_rdev field.  Be
+	 * sure to clear any padding that may be found in bkey.
+	 */
+	memset(&bkey, 0, sizeof(bkey));
+	bkey.dev = dev;
+	bkey.type = type;
+	key.data = &bkey;
+	key.size = sizeof(bkey);
+	return ((db->get)(db, &key, &data, 0) ? NULL : (char *)data.data);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c b/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..eaefbab437a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#ifndef lint
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)disklabel.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/3/95";
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#define DKTYPENAMES
+#include <sys/disklabel.h>
+#include <ufs/ufs/dinode.h>
+#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static int	error __P((int));
+static int	gettype __P((char *, char **));
+
+struct disklabel *
+getdiskbyname(name)
+	const char *name;
+{
+	static struct	disklabel disk;
+	register struct	disklabel *dp = &disk;
+	register struct partition *pp;
+	char	*buf;
+	char  	*db_array[2] = { _PATH_DISKTAB, 0 };
+	char	*cp, *cq;	/* can't be register */
+	char	p, max, psize[3], pbsize[3],
+		pfsize[3], poffset[3], ptype[3];
+	u_int32_t *dx;
+
+	if (cgetent(&buf, db_array, (char *) name) < 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	bzero((char *)&disk, sizeof(disk));
+	/*
+	 * typename
+	 */
+	cq = dp->d_typename;
+	cp = buf;
+	while (cq < dp->d_typename + sizeof(dp->d_typename) - 1 &&
+	    (*cq = *cp) && *cq != '|' && *cq != ':')
+		cq++, cp++;
+	*cq = '\0';
+	/*
+	 * boot name (optional)  xxboot, bootxx
+	 */
+	cgetstr(buf, "b0", &dp->d_boot0);
+	cgetstr(buf, "b1", &dp->d_boot1);
+
+	if (cgetstr(buf, "ty", &cq) > 0 && strcmp(cq, "removable") == 0)
+		dp->d_flags |= D_REMOVABLE;
+	else  if (cq && strcmp(cq, "simulated") == 0)
+		dp->d_flags |= D_RAMDISK;
+	if (cgetcap(buf, "sf", ':') != NULL)
+		dp->d_flags |= D_BADSECT;
+
+#define getnumdflt(field, dname, dflt) \
+        { long f; (field) = (cgetnum(buf, dname, &f) == -1) ? (dflt) : f; }
+
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_secsize, "se", DEV_BSIZE);
+	cgetnum(buf, "nt",(long *) &dp->d_ntracks);
+	cgetnum(buf, "ns",(long *) &dp->d_nsectors);
+	cgetnum(buf, "nc",(long *) &dp->d_ncylinders);
+
+	if (cgetstr(buf, "dt", &cq) > 0)
+		dp->d_type = gettype(cq, dktypenames);
+	else
+		getnumdflt(dp->d_type, "dt", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_secpercyl, "sc", dp->d_nsectors * dp->d_ntracks);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_secperunit, "su", dp->d_secpercyl * dp->d_ncylinders);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_rpm, "rm", 3600);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_interleave, "il", 1);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_trackskew, "sk", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_cylskew, "cs", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_headswitch, "hs", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_trkseek, "ts", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_bbsize, "bs", BBSIZE);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_sbsize, "sb", SBSIZE);
+	strcpy(psize, "px");
+	strcpy(pbsize, "bx");
+	strcpy(pfsize, "fx");
+	strcpy(poffset, "ox");
+	strcpy(ptype, "tx");
+	max = 'a' - 1;
+	pp = &dp->d_partitions[0];
+	for (p = 'a'; p < 'a' + MAXPARTITIONS; p++, pp++) {
+		psize[1] = pbsize[1] = pfsize[1] = poffset[1] = ptype[1] = p;
+		if (cgetnum(buf, psize,(long *) &pp->p_size) == -1)
+			pp->p_size = 0;
+		else {
+			cgetnum(buf, poffset, (long *) &pp->p_offset);
+			getnumdflt(pp->p_fsize, pfsize, 0);
+			if (pp->p_fsize) {
+				long bsize;
+
+				if (cgetnum(buf, pbsize, &bsize) == 0)
+					pp->p_frag = bsize / pp->p_fsize;
+				else
+					pp->p_frag = 8;
+			}
+			getnumdflt(pp->p_fstype, ptype, 0);
+			if (pp->p_fstype == 0 && cgetstr(buf, ptype, &cq) > 0)
+				pp->p_fstype = gettype(cq, fstypenames);
+			max = p;
+		}
+	}
+	dp->d_npartitions = max + 1 - 'a';
+	(void)strcpy(psize, "dx");
+	dx = dp->d_drivedata;
+	for (p = '0'; p < '0' + NDDATA; p++, dx++) {
+		psize[1] = p;
+		getnumdflt(*dx, psize, 0);
+	}
+	dp->d_magic = DISKMAGIC;
+	dp->d_magic2 = DISKMAGIC;
+	free(buf);
+	return (dp);
+}
+
+static int
+gettype(t, names)
+	char *t;
+	char **names;
+{
+	register char **nm;
+
+	for (nm = names; *nm; nm++)
+		if (strcasecmp(t, *nm) == 0)
+			return (nm - names);
+	if (isdigit(*t))
+		return (atoi(t));
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+error(err)
+	int err;
+{
+	char *p;
+
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, "disktab: ", 9);
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, _PATH_DISKTAB, sizeof(_PATH_DISKTAB) - 1);
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, ": ", 2);
+	p = strerror(err);
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, p, strlen(p));
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3 b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3b87da118655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Guido van Rossum.
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fnmatch.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd April 28, 1995
+.Dt FNMATCH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fnmatch
+.Nd match filename or pathname
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <fnmatch.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn fnmatch "const char *pattern" "const char *string" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn fnmatch
+function
+matches patterns according to the rules used by the shell.
+It checks the string specified by the
+.Fa string
+argument to see if it matches the pattern specified by the
+.Fa pattern
+argument.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument modifies the interpretation of
+.Fa pattern
+and
+.Fa string .
+The value of
+.Fa flags
+is the bitwise inclusive
+.Tn OR
+of any of the following
+constants, which are defined in the include file
+.Pa fnmatch.h .
+.Bl -tag -width FNM_PATHNAME
+.It Dv FNM_NOESCAPE
+Normally, every occurrence of a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e
+followed by a character in
+.Fa pattern
+is replaced by that character.
+This is done to negate any special meaning for the character.
+If the
+.Dv FNM_NOESCAPE
+flag is set, a backslash character is treated as an ordinary character.
+.It Dv FNM_PATHNAME
+Slash characters in
+.Fa string
+must be explicitly matched by slashes in
+.Fa pattern .
+If this flag is not set, then slashes are treated as regular characters.
+.It Dv FNM_PERIOD
+Leading periods in strings match periods in patterns.
+The definition of ``leading'' is related to the specification of
+.Dv FNM_PATHNAME.
+A period is always ``leading'' if it is the first character in
+.Ar string .
+Additionally, if
+.Dv FNM_PATHNAME
+is set,
+a period is ``leading'' if it immediately follows a slash.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn fnmatch
+function returns zero if
+.Fa string
+matches the pattern specified by
+.Fa pattern ,
+otherwise, it returns the value
+.Dv FNM_NOMATCH .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr glob 3 ,
+.Xr regex 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn fnmatch
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn fnmatch
+function first appeared in 
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The pattern
+.Ql *
+matches the empty string, even if
+.Dv FNM_PATHNAME
+is specified.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fts.c b/lib/libc/gen/fts.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..234d0767331e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/fts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,995 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fts.c	8.6 (Berkeley) 8/14/94";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static FTSENT	*fts_alloc __P((FTS *, char *, int));
+static FTSENT	*fts_build __P((FTS *, int));
+static void	 fts_lfree __P((FTSENT *));
+static void	 fts_load __P((FTS *, FTSENT *));
+static size_t	 fts_maxarglen __P((char * const *));
+static void	 fts_padjust __P((FTS *, void *));
+static int	 fts_palloc __P((FTS *, size_t));
+static FTSENT	*fts_sort __P((FTS *, FTSENT *, int));
+static u_short	 fts_stat __P((FTS *, FTSENT *, int));
+
+#define	ISDOT(a)	(a[0] == '.' && (!a[1] || a[1] == '.' && !a[2]))
+
+#define	ISSET(opt)	(sp->fts_options & opt)
+#define	SET(opt)	(sp->fts_options |= opt)
+
+#define	CHDIR(sp, path)	(!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && chdir(path))
+#define	FCHDIR(sp, fd)	(!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && fchdir(fd))
+
+/* fts_build flags */
+#define	BCHILD		1		/* fts_children */
+#define	BNAMES		2		/* fts_children, names only */
+#define	BREAD		3		/* fts_read */
+
+FTS *
+fts_open(argv, options, compar)
+	char * const *argv;
+	register int options;
+	int (*compar)();
+{
+	register FTS *sp;
+	register FTSENT *p, *root;
+	register int nitems;
+	FTSENT *parent, *tmp;
+	int len;
+
+	/* Options check. */
+	if (options & ~FTS_OPTIONMASK) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* Allocate/initialize the stream */
+	if ((sp = malloc((u_int)sizeof(FTS))) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+	memset(sp, 0, sizeof(FTS));
+	sp->fts_compar = compar;
+	sp->fts_options = options;
+
+	/* Logical walks turn on NOCHDIR; symbolic links are too hard. */
+	if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL))
+		SET(FTS_NOCHDIR);
+
+	/*
+	 * Start out with 1K of path space, and enough, in any case,
+	 * to hold the user's paths.
+	 */
+	if (fts_palloc(sp, MAX(fts_maxarglen(argv), MAXPATHLEN)))
+		goto mem1;
+
+	/* Allocate/initialize root's parent. */
+	if ((parent = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL)
+		goto mem2;
+	parent->fts_level = FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL;
+
+	/* Allocate/initialize root(s). */
+	for (root = NULL, nitems = 0; *argv; ++argv, ++nitems) {
+		/* Don't allow zero-length paths. */
+		if ((len = strlen(*argv)) == 0) {
+			errno = ENOENT;
+			goto mem3;
+		}
+
+		p = fts_alloc(sp, *argv, len);
+		p->fts_level = FTS_ROOTLEVEL;
+		p->fts_parent = parent;
+		p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name;
+		p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, ISSET(FTS_COMFOLLOW));
+
+		/* Command-line "." and ".." are real directories. */
+		if (p->fts_info == FTS_DOT)
+			p->fts_info = FTS_D;
+
+		/*
+		 * If comparison routine supplied, traverse in sorted
+		 * order; otherwise traverse in the order specified.
+		 */
+		if (compar) {
+			p->fts_link = root;
+			root = p;
+		} else {
+			p->fts_link = NULL;
+			if (root == NULL)
+				tmp = root = p;
+			else {
+				tmp->fts_link = p;
+				tmp = p;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (compar && nitems > 1)
+		root = fts_sort(sp, root, nitems);
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate a dummy pointer and make fts_read think that we've just
+	 * finished the node before the root(s); set p->fts_info to FTS_INIT
+	 * so that everything about the "current" node is ignored.
+	 */
+	if ((sp->fts_cur = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL)
+		goto mem3;
+	sp->fts_cur->fts_link = root;
+	sp->fts_cur->fts_info = FTS_INIT;
+
+	/*
+	 * If using chdir(2), grab a file descriptor pointing to dot to insure
+	 * that we can get back here; this could be avoided for some paths,
+	 * but almost certainly not worth the effort.  Slashes, symbolic links,
+	 * and ".." are all fairly nasty problems.  Note, if we can't get the
+	 * descriptor we run anyway, just more slowly.
+	 */
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && (sp->fts_rfd = open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0)
+		SET(FTS_NOCHDIR);
+
+	return (sp);
+
+mem3:	fts_lfree(root);
+	free(parent);
+mem2:	free(sp->fts_path);
+mem1:	free(sp);
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+fts_load(sp, p)
+	FTS *sp;
+	register FTSENT *p;
+{
+	register int len;
+	register char *cp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Load the stream structure for the next traversal.  Since we don't
+	 * actually enter the directory until after the preorder visit, set
+	 * the fts_accpath field specially so the chdir gets done to the right
+	 * place and the user can access the first node.  From fts_open it's
+	 * known that the path will fit.
+	 */
+	len = p->fts_pathlen = p->fts_namelen;
+	memmove(sp->fts_path, p->fts_name, len + 1);
+	if ((cp = strrchr(p->fts_name, '/')) && (cp != p->fts_name || cp[1])) {
+		len = strlen(++cp);
+		memmove(p->fts_name, cp, len + 1);
+		p->fts_namelen = len;
+	}
+	p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path = sp->fts_path;
+	sp->fts_dev = p->fts_dev;
+}
+
+int
+fts_close(sp)
+	FTS *sp;
+{
+	register FTSENT *freep, *p;
+	int saved_errno;
+
+	/*
+	 * This still works if we haven't read anything -- the dummy structure
+	 * points to the root list, so we step through to the end of the root
+	 * list which has a valid parent pointer.
+	 */
+	if (sp->fts_cur) {
+		for (p = sp->fts_cur; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) {
+			freep = p;
+			p = p->fts_link ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent;
+			free(freep);
+		}
+		free(p);
+	}
+
+	/* Free up child linked list, sort array, path buffer. */
+	if (sp->fts_child)
+		fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+	if (sp->fts_array)
+		free(sp->fts_array);
+	free(sp->fts_path);
+
+	/* Return to original directory, save errno if necessary. */
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+		saved_errno = fchdir(sp->fts_rfd) ? errno : 0;
+		(void)close(sp->fts_rfd);
+	}
+
+	/* Free up the stream pointer. */
+	free(sp);
+
+	/* Set errno and return. */
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && saved_errno) {
+		errno = saved_errno;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Special case a root of "/" so that slashes aren't appended which would
+ * cause paths to be written as "//foo".
+ */
+#define	NAPPEND(p)							\
+	(p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL && p->fts_pathlen == 1 &&	\
+	    p->fts_path[0] == '/' ? 0 : p->fts_pathlen)
+
+FTSENT *
+fts_read(sp)
+	register FTS *sp;
+{
+	register FTSENT *p, *tmp;
+	register int instr;
+	register char *t;
+	int saved_errno;
+
+	/* If finished or unrecoverable error, return NULL. */
+	if (sp->fts_cur == NULL || ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/* Set current node pointer. */
+	p = sp->fts_cur;
+
+	/* Save and zero out user instructions. */
+	instr = p->fts_instr;
+	p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+
+	/* Any type of file may be re-visited; re-stat and re-turn. */
+	if (instr == FTS_AGAIN) {
+		p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 0);
+		return (p);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Following a symlink -- SLNONE test allows application to see
+	 * SLNONE and recover.  If indirecting through a symlink, have
+	 * keep a pointer to current location.  If unable to get that
+	 * pointer, follow fails.
+	 */
+	if (instr == FTS_FOLLOW &&
+	    (p->fts_info == FTS_SL || p->fts_info == FTS_SLNONE)) {
+		p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 1);
+		if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+			if ((p->fts_symfd = open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+				p->fts_errno = errno;
+				p->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+			} else
+				p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW;
+		return (p);
+	}
+
+	/* Directory in pre-order. */
+	if (p->fts_info == FTS_D) {
+		/* If skipped or crossed mount point, do post-order visit. */
+		if (instr == FTS_SKIP ||
+		    ISSET(FTS_XDEV) && p->fts_dev != sp->fts_dev) {
+			if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW)
+				(void)close(p->fts_symfd);
+			if (sp->fts_child) {
+				fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+				sp->fts_child = NULL;
+			}
+			p->fts_info = FTS_DP;
+			return (p);
+		} 
+
+		/* Rebuild if only read the names and now traversing. */
+		if (sp->fts_child && sp->fts_options & FTS_NAMEONLY) {
+			sp->fts_options &= ~FTS_NAMEONLY;
+			fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+			sp->fts_child = NULL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Cd to the subdirectory.
+		 *
+		 * If have already read and now fail to chdir, whack the list
+		 * to make the names come out right, and set the parent errno
+		 * so the application will eventually get an error condition.
+		 * Set the FTS_DONTCHDIR flag so that when we logically change
+		 * directories back to the parent we don't do a chdir.
+		 *
+		 * If haven't read do so.  If the read fails, fts_build sets
+		 * FTS_STOP or the fts_info field of the node.
+		 */
+		if (sp->fts_child) {
+			if (CHDIR(sp, p->fts_accpath)) {
+				p->fts_errno = errno;
+				p->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR;
+				for (p = sp->fts_child; p; p = p->fts_link)
+					p->fts_accpath =
+					    p->fts_parent->fts_accpath;
+			}
+		} else if ((sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, BREAD)) == NULL) {
+			if (ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+				return (NULL);
+			return (p);
+		}
+		p = sp->fts_child;
+		sp->fts_child = NULL;
+		goto name;
+	}
+
+	/* Move to the next node on this level. */
+next:	tmp = p;
+	if (p = p->fts_link) {
+		free(tmp);
+
+		/*
+		 * If reached the top, return to the original directory, and
+		 * load the paths for the next root.
+		 */
+		if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) {
+			if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd)) {
+				SET(FTS_STOP);
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+			fts_load(sp, p);
+			return (sp->fts_cur = p);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * User may have called fts_set on the node.  If skipped,
+		 * ignore.  If followed, get a file descriptor so we can
+		 * get back if necessary.
+		 */
+		if (p->fts_instr == FTS_SKIP)
+			goto next;
+		if (p->fts_instr == FTS_FOLLOW) {
+			p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 1);
+			if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+				if ((p->fts_symfd =
+				    open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+					p->fts_errno = errno;
+					p->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+				} else
+					p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW;
+			p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+		}
+
+name:		t = sp->fts_path + NAPPEND(p->fts_parent);
+		*t++ = '/';
+		memmove(t, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1);
+		return (sp->fts_cur = p);
+	}
+
+	/* Move up to the parent node. */
+	p = tmp->fts_parent;
+	free(tmp);
+
+	if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL) {
+		/*
+		 * Done; free everything up and set errno to 0 so the user
+		 * can distinguish between error and EOF.
+		 */
+		free(p);
+		errno = 0;
+		return (sp->fts_cur = NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* Nul terminate the pathname. */
+	sp->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Return to the parent directory.  If at a root node or came through
+	 * a symlink, go back through the file descriptor.  Otherwise, cd up
+	 * one directory.
+	 */
+	if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) {
+		if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd)) {
+			SET(FTS_STOP);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+	} else if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) {
+		if (FCHDIR(sp, p->fts_symfd)) {
+			saved_errno = errno;
+			(void)close(p->fts_symfd);
+			errno = saved_errno;
+			SET(FTS_STOP);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		(void)close(p->fts_symfd);
+	} else if (!(p->fts_flags & FTS_DONTCHDIR)) {
+		if (CHDIR(sp, "..")) {
+			SET(FTS_STOP);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+	}
+	p->fts_info = p->fts_errno ? FTS_ERR : FTS_DP;
+	return (sp->fts_cur = p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fts_set takes the stream as an argument although it's not used in this
+ * implementation; it would be necessary if anyone wanted to add global
+ * semantics to fts using fts_set.  An error return is allowed for similar
+ * reasons.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+fts_set(sp, p, instr)
+	FTS *sp;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int instr;
+{
+	if (instr && instr != FTS_AGAIN && instr != FTS_FOLLOW &&
+	    instr != FTS_NOINSTR && instr != FTS_SKIP) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (1);
+	}
+	p->fts_instr = instr;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+FTSENT *
+fts_children(sp, instr)
+	register FTS *sp;
+	int instr;
+{
+	register FTSENT *p;
+	int fd;
+
+	if (instr && instr != FTS_NAMEONLY) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* Set current node pointer. */
+	p = sp->fts_cur;
+
+	/*
+	 * Errno set to 0 so user can distinguish empty directory from
+	 * an error.
+	 */
+	errno = 0;
+
+	/* Fatal errors stop here. */
+	if (ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/* Return logical hierarchy of user's arguments. */
+	if (p->fts_info == FTS_INIT)
+		return (p->fts_link);
+
+	/*
+	 * If not a directory being visited in pre-order, stop here.  Could
+	 * allow FTS_DNR, assuming the user has fixed the problem, but the
+	 * same effect is available with FTS_AGAIN.
+	 */
+	if (p->fts_info != FTS_D /* && p->fts_info != FTS_DNR */)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/* Free up any previous child list. */
+	if (sp->fts_child)
+		fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+
+	if (instr == FTS_NAMEONLY) {
+		sp->fts_options |= FTS_NAMEONLY;
+		instr = BNAMES;
+	} else 
+		instr = BCHILD;
+
+	/*
+	 * If using chdir on a relative path and called BEFORE fts_read does
+	 * its chdir to the root of a traversal, we can lose -- we need to
+	 * chdir into the subdirectory, and we don't know where the current
+	 * directory is, so we can't get back so that the upcoming chdir by
+	 * fts_read will work.
+	 */
+	if (p->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL || p->fts_accpath[0] == '/' ||
+	    ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+		return (sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr));
+
+	if ((fd = open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0)
+		return (NULL);
+	sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr);
+	if (fchdir(fd))
+		return (NULL);
+	(void)close(fd);
+	return (sp->fts_child);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is the tricky part -- do not casually change *anything* in here.  The
+ * idea is to build the linked list of entries that are used by fts_children
+ * and fts_read.  There are lots of special cases.
+ *
+ * The real slowdown in walking the tree is the stat calls.  If FTS_NOSTAT is
+ * set and it's a physical walk (so that symbolic links can't be directories),
+ * we can do things quickly.  First, if it's a 4.4BSD file system, the type
+ * of the file is in the directory entry.  Otherwise, we assume that the number
+ * of subdirectories in a node is equal to the number of links to the parent.
+ * The former skips all stat calls.  The latter skips stat calls in any leaf
+ * directories and for any files after the subdirectories in the directory have
+ * been found, cutting the stat calls by about 2/3.
+ */
+static FTSENT *
+fts_build(sp, type)
+	register FTS *sp;
+	int type;
+{
+	register struct dirent *dp;
+	register FTSENT *p, *head;
+	register int nitems;
+	FTSENT *cur, *tail;
+	DIR *dirp;
+	void *adjaddr;
+	int cderrno, descend, len, level, maxlen, nlinks, oflag, saved_errno;
+	char *cp;
+
+	/* Set current node pointer. */
+	cur = sp->fts_cur;
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the directory for reading.  If this fails, we're done.
+	 * If being called from fts_read, set the fts_info field.
+	 */
+#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT
+	if (ISSET(FTS_WHITEOUT))
+		oflag = DTF_NODUP|DTF_REWIND;
+	else
+		oflag = DTF_HIDEW|DTF_NODUP|DTF_REWIND;
+#else
+#define __opendir2(path, flag) opendir(path)
+#endif
+	if ((dirp = __opendir2(cur->fts_accpath, oflag)) == NULL) {
+		if (type == BREAD) {
+			cur->fts_info = FTS_DNR;
+			cur->fts_errno = errno;
+		}
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Nlinks is the number of possible entries of type directory in the
+	 * directory if we're cheating on stat calls, 0 if we're not doing
+	 * any stat calls at all, -1 if we're doing stats on everything.
+	 */
+	if (type == BNAMES)
+		nlinks = 0;
+	else if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) && ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL))
+		nlinks = cur->fts_nlink - (ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) ? 0 : 2);
+	else
+		nlinks = -1;
+
+#ifdef notdef
+	(void)printf("nlinks == %d (cur: %d)\n", nlinks, cur->fts_nlink);
+	(void)printf("NOSTAT %d PHYSICAL %d SEEDOT %d\n",
+	    ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT), ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL), ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT));
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * If we're going to need to stat anything or we want to descend
+	 * and stay in the directory, chdir.  If this fails we keep going,
+	 * but set a flag so we don't chdir after the post-order visit.
+	 * We won't be able to stat anything, but we can still return the
+	 * names themselves.  Note, that since fts_read won't be able to
+	 * chdir into the directory, it will have to return different path
+	 * names than before, i.e. "a/b" instead of "b".  Since the node
+	 * has already been visited in pre-order, have to wait until the
+	 * post-order visit to return the error.  There is a special case
+	 * here, if there was nothing to stat then it's not an error to
+	 * not be able to stat.  This is all fairly nasty.  If a program
+	 * needed sorted entries or stat information, they had better be
+	 * checking FTS_NS on the returned nodes.
+	 */
+	cderrno = 0;
+	if (nlinks || type == BREAD)
+		if (FCHDIR(sp, dirfd(dirp))) {
+			if (nlinks && type == BREAD)
+				cur->fts_errno = errno;
+			cur->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR;
+			descend = 0;
+			cderrno = errno;
+		} else
+			descend = 1;
+	else
+		descend = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Figure out the max file name length that can be stored in the
+	 * current path -- the inner loop allocates more path as necessary.
+	 * We really wouldn't have to do the maxlen calculations here, we
+	 * could do them in fts_read before returning the path, but it's a
+	 * lot easier here since the length is part of the dirent structure.
+	 *
+	 * If not changing directories set a pointer so that can just append
+	 * each new name into the path.
+	 */
+	maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - cur->fts_pathlen - 1;
+	len = NAPPEND(cur);
+	if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+		cp = sp->fts_path + len;
+		*cp++ = '/';
+	}
+
+	level = cur->fts_level + 1;
+
+	/* Read the directory, attaching each entry to the `link' pointer. */
+	adjaddr = NULL;
+	for (head = tail = NULL, nitems = 0; dp = readdir(dirp);) {
+		if (!ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) && ISDOT(dp->d_name))
+			continue;
+
+		if ((p = fts_alloc(sp, dp->d_name, (int)dp->d_namlen)) == NULL)
+			goto mem1;
+		if (dp->d_namlen > maxlen) {
+			if (fts_palloc(sp, (size_t)dp->d_namlen)) {
+				/*
+				 * No more memory for path or structures.  Save
+				 * errno, free up the current structure and the
+				 * structures already allocated.
+				 */
+mem1:				saved_errno = errno;
+				if (p)
+					free(p);
+				fts_lfree(head);
+				(void)closedir(dirp);
+				errno = saved_errno;
+				cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+				SET(FTS_STOP);
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+			adjaddr = sp->fts_path;
+			maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - sp->fts_cur->fts_pathlen - 1;
+		}
+
+		p->fts_pathlen = len + dp->d_namlen + 1;
+		p->fts_parent = sp->fts_cur;
+		p->fts_level = level;
+
+#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT
+		if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT)
+			p->fts_flags |= FTS_ISW;
+#endif
+
+		if (cderrno) {
+			if (nlinks) {
+				p->fts_info = FTS_NS;
+				p->fts_errno = cderrno;
+			} else
+				p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK;
+			p->fts_accpath = cur->fts_accpath;
+		} else if (nlinks == 0
+#ifdef DT_DIR
+		    || nlinks > 0 && 
+		    dp->d_type != DT_DIR && dp->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN
+#endif
+		    ) {
+			p->fts_accpath =
+			    ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) ? p->fts_path : p->fts_name;
+			p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK;
+		} else {
+			/* Build a file name for fts_stat to stat. */
+			if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+				p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path;
+				memmove(cp, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1);
+			} else
+				p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name;
+			/* Stat it. */
+			p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 0);
+
+			/* Decrement link count if applicable. */
+			if (nlinks > 0 && (p->fts_info == FTS_D ||
+			    p->fts_info == FTS_DC || p->fts_info == FTS_DOT))
+				--nlinks;
+		}
+
+		/* We walk in directory order so "ls -f" doesn't get upset. */
+		p->fts_link = NULL;
+		if (head == NULL)
+			head = tail = p;
+		else {
+			tail->fts_link = p;
+			tail = p;
+		}
+		++nitems;
+	}
+	(void)closedir(dirp);
+
+	/*
+	 * If had to realloc the path, adjust the addresses for the rest
+	 * of the tree.
+	 */
+	if (adjaddr)
+		fts_padjust(sp, adjaddr);
+
+	/*
+	 * If not changing directories, reset the path back to original
+	 * state.
+	 */
+	if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+		if (cp - 1 > sp->fts_path)
+			--cp;
+		*cp = '\0';
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If descended after called from fts_children or after called from
+	 * fts_read and nothing found, get back.  At the root level we use
+	 * the saved fd; if one of fts_open()'s arguments is a relative path
+	 * to an empty directory, we wind up here with no other way back.  If
+	 * can't get back, we're done.
+	 */
+	if (descend && (type == BCHILD || !nitems) &&
+	    (cur->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL ?
+	    FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd) : CHDIR(sp, ".."))) {
+		cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+		SET(FTS_STOP);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* If didn't find anything, return NULL. */
+	if (!nitems) {
+		if (type == BREAD)
+			cur->fts_info = FTS_DP;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* Sort the entries. */
+	if (sp->fts_compar && nitems > 1)
+		head = fts_sort(sp, head, nitems);
+	return (head);
+}
+
+static u_short
+fts_stat(sp, p, follow)
+	FTS *sp;
+	register FTSENT *p;
+	int follow;
+{
+	register FTSENT *t;
+	register dev_t dev;
+	register ino_t ino;
+	struct stat *sbp, sb;
+	int saved_errno;
+
+	/* If user needs stat info, stat buffer already allocated. */
+	sbp = ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) ? &sb : p->fts_statp;
+
+#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT
+	/* check for whiteout */
+	if (p->fts_flags & FTS_ISW) {
+		if (sbp != &sb) {
+			memset(sbp, '\0', sizeof (*sbp));
+			sbp->st_mode = S_IFWHT;
+		}
+		return (FTS_W);
+	}
+#endif
+	
+	/*
+	 * If doing a logical walk, or application requested FTS_FOLLOW, do
+	 * a stat(2).  If that fails, check for a non-existent symlink.  If
+	 * fail, set the errno from the stat call.
+	 */
+	if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL) || follow) {
+		if (stat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) {
+			saved_errno = errno;
+			if (!lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) {
+				errno = 0;
+				return (FTS_SLNONE);
+			} 
+			p->fts_errno = saved_errno;
+			goto err;
+		}
+	} else if (lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) {
+		p->fts_errno = errno;
+err:		memset(sbp, 0, sizeof(struct stat));
+		return (FTS_NS);
+	}
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(sbp->st_mode)) {
+		/*
+		 * Set the device/inode.  Used to find cycles and check for
+		 * crossing mount points.  Also remember the link count, used
+		 * in fts_build to limit the number of stat calls.  It is
+		 * understood that these fields are only referenced if fts_info
+		 * is set to FTS_D.
+		 */
+		dev = p->fts_dev = sbp->st_dev;
+		ino = p->fts_ino = sbp->st_ino;
+		p->fts_nlink = sbp->st_nlink;
+
+		if (ISDOT(p->fts_name))
+			return (FTS_DOT);
+
+		/*
+		 * Cycle detection is done by brute force when the directory
+		 * is first encountered.  If the tree gets deep enough or the
+		 * number of symbolic links to directories is high enough,
+		 * something faster might be worthwhile.
+		 */
+		for (t = p->fts_parent;
+		    t->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; t = t->fts_parent)
+			if (ino == t->fts_ino && dev == t->fts_dev) {
+				p->fts_cycle = t;
+				return (FTS_DC);
+			}
+		return (FTS_D);
+	}
+	if (S_ISLNK(sbp->st_mode))
+		return (FTS_SL);
+	if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode))
+		return (FTS_F);
+	return (FTS_DEFAULT);
+}
+
+static FTSENT *
+fts_sort(sp, head, nitems)
+	FTS *sp;
+	FTSENT *head;
+	register int nitems;
+{
+	register FTSENT **ap, *p;
+
+	/*
+	 * Construct an array of pointers to the structures and call qsort(3).
+	 * Reassemble the array in the order returned by qsort.  If unable to
+	 * sort for memory reasons, return the directory entries in their
+	 * current order.  Allocate enough space for the current needs plus
+	 * 40 so don't realloc one entry at a time.
+	 */
+	if (nitems > sp->fts_nitems) {
+		sp->fts_nitems = nitems + 40;
+		if ((sp->fts_array = realloc(sp->fts_array,
+		    (size_t)(sp->fts_nitems * sizeof(FTSENT *)))) == NULL) {
+			sp->fts_nitems = 0;
+			return (head);
+		}
+	}
+	for (ap = sp->fts_array, p = head; p; p = p->fts_link)
+		*ap++ = p;
+	qsort((void *)sp->fts_array, nitems, sizeof(FTSENT *), sp->fts_compar);
+	for (head = *(ap = sp->fts_array); --nitems; ++ap)
+		ap[0]->fts_link = ap[1];
+	ap[0]->fts_link = NULL;
+	return (head);
+}
+
+static FTSENT *
+fts_alloc(sp, name, namelen)
+	FTS *sp;
+	char *name;
+	register int namelen;
+{
+	register FTSENT *p;
+	size_t len;
+
+	/*
+	 * The file name is a variable length array and no stat structure is
+	 * necessary if the user has set the nostat bit.  Allocate the FTSENT
+	 * structure, the file name and the stat structure in one chunk, but
+	 * be careful that the stat structure is reasonably aligned.  Since the
+	 * fts_name field is declared to be of size 1, the fts_name pointer is
+	 * namelen + 2 before the first possible address of the stat structure.
+	 */
+	len = sizeof(FTSENT) + namelen;
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT))
+		len += sizeof(struct stat) + ALIGNBYTES;
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/* Copy the name plus the trailing NULL. */
+	memmove(p->fts_name, name, namelen + 1);
+
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT))
+		p->fts_statp = (struct stat *)ALIGN(p->fts_name + namelen + 2);
+	p->fts_namelen = namelen;
+	p->fts_path = sp->fts_path;
+	p->fts_errno = 0;
+	p->fts_flags = 0;
+	p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+	p->fts_number = 0;
+	p->fts_pointer = NULL;
+	return (p);
+}
+
+static void
+fts_lfree(head)
+	register FTSENT *head;
+{
+	register FTSENT *p;
+
+	/* Free a linked list of structures. */
+	while (p = head) {
+		head = head->fts_link;
+		free(p);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allow essentially unlimited paths; find, rm, ls should all work on any tree.
+ * Most systems will allow creation of paths much longer than MAXPATHLEN, even
+ * though the kernel won't resolve them.  Add the size (not just what's needed)
+ * plus 256 bytes so don't realloc the path 2 bytes at a time. 
+ */
+static int
+fts_palloc(sp, more)
+	FTS *sp;
+	size_t more;
+{
+	sp->fts_pathlen += more + 256;
+	sp->fts_path = realloc(sp->fts_path, (size_t)sp->fts_pathlen);
+	return (sp->fts_path == NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * When the path is realloc'd, have to fix all of the pointers in structures
+ * already returned.
+ */
+static void
+fts_padjust(sp, addr)
+	FTS *sp;
+	void *addr;
+{
+	FTSENT *p;
+
+#define	ADJUST(p) {							\
+	(p)->fts_accpath =						\
+	    (char *)addr + ((p)->fts_accpath - (p)->fts_path);		\
+	(p)->fts_path = addr;						\
+}
+	/* Adjust the current set of children. */
+	for (p = sp->fts_child; p; p = p->fts_link)
+		ADJUST(p);
+
+	/* Adjust the rest of the tree. */
+	for (p = sp->fts_cur; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) {
+		ADJUST(p);
+		p = p->fts_link ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent;
+	}
+}
+
+static size_t
+fts_maxarglen(argv)
+	char * const *argv;
+{
+	size_t len, max;
+
+	for (max = 0; *argv; ++argv)
+		if ((len = strlen(*argv)) > max)
+			max = len;
+	return (max);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f8fcc815ed9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3
@@ -0,0 +1,511 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Casey Leedom of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)getcap.3	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/13/94
+.\"
+.Dd "May 13, 1994"
+.Dt GETCAP 3 
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cgetent ,
+.Nm cgetset ,
+.Nm cgetmatch ,
+.Nm cgetcap ,
+.Nm cgetnum ,
+.Nm cgetstr ,
+.Nm cgetustr ,
+.Nm cgetfirst ,
+.Nm cgetnext ,
+.Nm cgetclose
+.Nd capability database access routines
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetent "char **buf" "char **db_array" "char *name"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetset "char *ent"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetmatch "char *buf" "char *name"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn cgetcap "char *buf" "char *cap" "char type"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetnum "char *buf" "char *cap" "long *num"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetstr "char *buf" "char *cap" "char **str"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetustr "char *buf" "char *cap" "char **str"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetfirst "char **buf" "char **db_array"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetnext "char **buf" "char **db_array"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetclose "void"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Cgetent
+extracts the capability
+.Fa name
+from the database specified by the
+.Dv NULL
+terminated file array
+.Fa db_array
+and returns a pointer to a
+.Xr malloc Ns \&'d
+copy of it in
+.Fa buf .  
+.Nm Cgetent
+will first look for files ending in 
+.Nm .db 
+(see
+.Xr cap_mkdb 1) 
+before accessing the ASCII file.
+.Fa Buf
+must be retained through all subsequent calls to
+.Fn cgetmatch ,
+.Fn cgetcap ,
+.Fn cgetnum ,
+.Fn cgetstr ,
+and
+.Fn cgetustr ,
+but may then be
+.Xr free Ns \&'d.
+On success 0 is returned, 1 if the returned
+record contains an unresolved 
+.Nm tc 
+expansion,
+\-1 if the requested record couldn't be found,
+\-2 if a system error was encountered (couldn't open/read a file, etc.) also
+setting
+.Va errno , 
+and \-3 if a potential reference loop is detected (see
+.Ic tc=
+comments below).
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetset 
+enables the addition of a character buffer containing a single capability
+record entry
+to the capability database.  
+Conceptually, the entry is added as the first ``file'' in the database, and
+is therefore searched first on the call to 
+.Nm cgetent .
+The entry is passed in 
+.Fa ent .
+If 
+.Fa ent 
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+the current entry is removed from the database.  
+.Nm Cgetset 
+must precede the database traversal.  It must be called before the 
+.Nm cgetent 
+call. If a sequential access is being performed (see below), it must be called
+before the first sequential access call (
+.Nm cgetfirst
+or
+.Nm cgetnext
+), or be directly preceded by a 
+.Nm cgetclose
+call.
+On success 0 is returned and \-1 on failure.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetmatch
+will return 0 if
+.Fa name
+is one of the names of the capability record
+.Fa buf ,
+\-1 if
+not.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetcap
+searches the capability record
+.Fa buf
+for the capability
+.Fa cap
+with type
+.Fa type .
+A
+.Fa type
+is specified using any single character.  If a colon (`:') is used, an
+untyped capability will be searched for (see below for explanation of
+types).  A pointer to the value of
+.Fa cap
+in
+.Fa buf
+is returned on success,
+.Dv NULL
+if the requested capability couldn't be
+found.  The end of the capability value is signaled by a `:' or
+.Tn ASCII
+.Dv NUL
+(see below for capability database syntax).
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetnum
+retrieves the value of the numeric capability
+.Fa cap
+from the capability record pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+The numeric value is returned in the
+.Ft long
+pointed to by
+.Fa num .
+0 is returned on success, \-1 if the requested numeric capability couldn't
+be found.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetstr
+retrieves the value of the string capability
+.Fa cap
+from the capability record pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+A pointer to a decoded,
+.Dv NUL
+terminated,
+.Xr malloc Ns \&'d
+copy of the string is returned in the
+.Ft char *
+pointed to by
+.Fa str .
+The number of characters in the decoded string not including the trailing
+.Dv NUL
+is returned on success, \-1 if the requested string capability couldn't
+be found, \-2 if a system error was encountered (storage allocation
+failure).
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetustr
+is identical to 
+.Nm cgetstr 
+except that it does not expand special characters, but rather returns each
+character of the capability string literally.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetfirst ,
+.Nm cgetnext , 
+comprise a function group that provides for sequential
+access of the
+.Dv NULL
+pointer terminated array of file names,
+.Fa db_array .
+.Nm Cgetfirst 
+returns the first record in the database and resets the access
+to the first record.
+.Nm Cgetnext 
+returns the next record in the database with respect to the
+record returned by the previous
+.Nm cgetfirst
+or
+.Nm cgetnext 
+call.  If there is no such previous call, the first record in the database is
+returned.
+Each record is returned in a
+.Xr malloc Ns \&'d 
+copy pointed to by 
+.Fa buf .  
+.Ic Tc
+expansion is done (see
+.Ic tc= 
+comments below).
+Upon completion of the database 0 is returned,  1 is returned upon successful
+return of record with possibly more remaining (we haven't reached the end of 
+the database yet), 2 is returned if the record contains an unresolved
+.Nm tc 
+expansion, \-1 is returned if an system error occurred, and \-2
+is returned if a potential reference loop is detected (see 
+.Ic tc=
+comments below).
+Upon completion of database (0 return) the database is closed.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetclose 
+closes the sequential access and frees any memory and file descriptors 
+being used.  Note that it does not erase the buffer pushed by a call to 
+.Nm cgetset .
+.Sh CAPABILITY DATABASE SYNTAX
+Capability databases are normally
+.Tn ASCII
+and may be edited with standard
+text editors.  Blank lines and lines beginning with a `#' are comments
+and are ignored.  Lines ending with a `\|\e' indicate that the next line
+is a continuation of the current line; the `\|\e' and following newline
+are ignored.  Long lines are usually continued onto several physical
+lines by ending each line except the last with a `\|\e'.
+.Pp
+Capability databases consist of a series of records, one per logical
+line.  Each record contains a variable number of `:'-separated fields
+(capabilities).  Empty fields consisting entirely of white space
+characters (spaces and tabs) are ignored.
+.Pp
+The first capability of each record specifies its names, separated by `|'
+characters.  These names are used to reference records in the database.
+By convention, the last name is usually a comment and is not intended as
+a lookup tag.  For example, the
+.Em vt100
+record from the
+.Nm termcap
+database begins:
+.Pp
+.Dl "d0\||\|vt100\||\|vt100-am\||\|vt100am\||\|dec vt100:"
+.Pp
+giving four names that can be used to access the record.
+.Pp
+The remaining non-empty capabilities describe a set of (name, value)
+bindings, consisting of a names optionally followed by a typed values:
+.Bl -column "nameTvalue"
+.It name Ta "typeless [boolean] capability"
+.Em name No "is present [true]"
+.It name Ns Em \&T Ns value Ta capability
+.Pq Em name , \&T
+has value
+.Em value
+.It name@ Ta "no capability" Em name No exists
+.It name Ns Em T Ns \&@ Ta capability
+.Pq Em name , T
+does not exist
+.El
+.Pp
+Names consist of one or more characters.  Names may contain any character
+except `:', but it's usually best to restrict them to the printable
+characters and avoid use of graphics like `#', `=', `%', `@', etc.  Types
+are single characters used to separate capability names from their
+associated typed values.  Types may be any character except a `:'.
+Typically, graphics like `#', `=', `%', etc. are used.  Values may be any
+number of characters and may contain any character except `:'.
+.Sh CAPABILITY DATABASE SEMANTICS
+Capability records describe a set of (name, value) bindings.  Names may
+have multiple values bound to them.  Different values for a name are
+distinguished by their
+.Fa types .
+.Nm Cgetcap
+will return a pointer to a value of a name given the capability name and
+the type of the value.
+.Pp
+The types `#' and `=' are conventionally used to denote numeric and
+string typed values, but no restriction on those types is enforced.  The
+functions
+.Nm cgetnum
+and
+.Nm cgetstr
+can be used to implement the traditional syntax and semantics of `#'
+and `='.
+Typeless capabilities are typically used to denote boolean objects with
+presence or absence indicating truth and false values respectively.
+This interpretation is conveniently represented by:
+.Pp
+.Dl "(getcap(buf, name, ':') != NULL)"
+.Pp
+A special capability,
+.Ic tc= name ,
+is used to indicate that the record specified by
+.Fa name
+should be substituted for the
+.Ic tc
+capability.
+.Ic Tc
+capabilities may interpolate records which also contain
+.Ic tc
+capabilities and more than one
+.Ic tc
+capability may be used in a record.  A
+.Ic tc
+expansion scope (i.e., where the argument is searched for) contains the
+file in which the
+.Ic tc
+is declared and all subsequent files in the file array.
+.Pp
+When a database is searched for a capability record, the first matching
+record in the search is returned.  When a record is scanned for a
+capability, the first matching capability is returned; the capability
+.Ic :nameT@:
+will hide any following definition of a value of type
+.Em T
+for
+.Fa name ;
+and the capability
+.Ic :name@:
+will prevent any following values of
+.Fa name
+from being seen.
+.Pp
+These features combined with
+.Ic tc
+capabilities can be used to generate variations of other databases and
+records by either adding new capabilities, overriding definitions with new
+definitions, or hiding following definitions via `@' capabilities.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+example\||\|an example of binding multiple values to names:\e
+	:foo%bar:foo^blah:foo@:\e
+	:abc%xyz:abc^frap:abc$@:\e
+	:tc=more:
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The capability foo has two values bound to it (bar of type `%' and blah of
+type `^') and any other value bindings are hidden.  The capability abc
+also has two values bound but only a value of type `$' is prevented from
+being defined in the capability record more.
+.Pp
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+file1:
+ 	new\||\|new_record\||\|a modification of "old":\e
+		:fript=bar:who-cares@:tc=old:blah:tc=extensions:
+file2:
+	old\||\|old_record\||\|an old database record:\e
+		:fript=foo:who-cares:glork#200:
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The records are extracted by calling
+.Nm cgetent
+with file1 preceding file2.
+In the capability record new in file1, fript=bar overrides the definition
+of fript=foo interpolated from the capability record old in file2,
+who-cares@ prevents the definition of any who-cares definitions in old
+from being seen, glork#200 is inherited from old, and blah and anything
+defined by the record extensions is added to those definitions in old.
+Note that the position of the fript=bar and who-cares@ definitions before
+tc=old is important here.  If they were after, the definitions in old
+would take precedence.
+.Sh CGETNUM AND CGETSTR SYNTAX AND SEMANTICS
+Two types are predefined by
+.Nm cgetnum
+and
+.Nm cgetstr :
+.Bl -column "nameXnumber"
+.Sm off
+.It Em name No \&# Em number Ta numeric
+capability
+.Em name
+has value
+.Em number
+.It Em name No = Em string Ta "string capability"
+.Em name
+has value 
+.Em string
+.It Em name No \&#@ Ta "the numeric capability"
+.Em name
+does not exist
+.It Em name No \&=@ Ta "the string capability"
+.Em name
+does not exist
+.El
+.Pp
+Numeric capability values may be given in one of three numeric bases.
+If the number starts with either
+.Ql 0x
+or
+.Ql 0X
+it is interpreted as a hexadecimal number (both upper and lower case a-f
+may be used to denote the extended hexadecimal digits).
+Otherwise, if the number starts with a
+.Ql 0
+it is interpreted as an octal number.
+Otherwise the number is interpreted as a decimal number.
+.Pp
+String capability values may contain any character.  Non-printable
+.Dv ASCII
+codes, new lines, and colons may be conveniently represented by the use
+of escape sequences:
+.Bl -column "\e\|X,X\e\|X" "(ASCII octal nnn)"
+^X	('\fIX\fP' & 037)	control-\fIX\fP
+\e\|b, \e\|B	(ASCII 010)	backspace
+\e\|t, \e\|T	(ASCII 011)	tab
+\e\|n, \e\|N	(ASCII 012)	line feed (newline)
+\e\|f, \e\|F	(ASCII 014)	form feed
+\e\|r, \e\|R	(ASCII 015)	carriage return
+\e\|e, \e\|E	(ASCII 027)	escape
+\e\|c, \e\|C	(:)	colon
+\e\|\e	(\e\|)	back slash
+\e\|^	(^)	caret
+\e\|\fInnn\fP	(ASCII octal \fInnn\fP)
+.El
+.Pp
+A `\|\e' may be followed by up to three octal digits directly specifies
+the numeric code for a character.  The use of
+.Tn ASCII
+.Dv NUL Ns s ,
+while easily
+encoded, causes all sorts of problems and must be used with care since
+.Dv NUL Ns s
+are typically used to denote the end of strings; many applications
+use `\e\|200' to represent a
+.Dv NUL .
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Nm Cgetent ,
+.Nm cgetset ,
+.Nm cgetmatch ,
+.Nm cgetnum ,
+.Nm cgetstr ,
+.Nm cgetustr ,
+.Nm cgetfirst ,
+and
+.Nm cgetnext
+return a value greater than or equal to 0 on success and a value less
+than 0 on failure.
+.Nm Cgetcap
+returns a character pointer on success and a
+.Dv NULL
+on failure.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetent ,
+and 
+.Nm cgetseq
+may fail and set 
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions:
+.Xr fopen 2 , 
+.Xr fclose 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+and 
+.Xr close 2 .
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetent ,
+.Nm cgetset ,
+.Nm cgetstr ,
+and
+.Nm cgetustr 
+may fail and set 
+.Va errno 
+as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+No memory to allocate.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cap_mkdb 1 ,
+.Xr malloc 3
+.Sh BUGS
+Colons (`:') can't be used in names, types, or values.
+.Pp
+There are no checks for
+.Ic tc= name
+loops in
+.Nm cgetent .
+.Pp
+The buffer added to the database by a call to 
+.Nm cgetset 
+is not unique to the database but is rather prepended to any database used.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..90ecfd7bfc38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1995
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Jan-Simon Pendry.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getcwd.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 2/7/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static char *getcwd_physical __P((char *, size_t));
+
+#define	ISDOT(dp) \
+	(dp->d_name[0] == '.' && (dp->d_name[1] == '\0' || \
+	    dp->d_name[1] == '.' && dp->d_name[2] == '\0'))
+
+char *
+getcwd(pt, size)
+	char *pt;
+	size_t size;
+{
+	char *pwd;
+	size_t pwdlen;
+	dev_t dev;
+	ino_t ino;
+	struct stat s;
+
+	/* Check $PWD -- if it's right, it's fast. */
+	if ((pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL && pwd[0] == '/' && !stat(pwd, &s)) {
+		dev = s.st_dev;
+		ino = s.st_ino;
+		if (!stat(".", &s) && dev == s.st_dev && ino == s.st_ino) {
+			pwdlen = strlen(pwd);
+			if (size != 0) {
+				if (pwdlen + 1 > size) {
+					errno = ERANGE;
+					return (NULL);
+				}
+			} else if ((pt = malloc(pwdlen + 1)) == NULL)
+				return (NULL);
+			memmove(pt, pwd, pwdlen);
+			pt[pwdlen] = '\0';
+			return (pt);
+		}
+	}
+		
+	return (getcwd_physical(pt, size));
+}
+
+/*
+ * char *realpath(const char *path, char resolved_path[MAXPATHLEN]);
+ *
+ * Find the real name of path, by removing all ".", ".." and symlink
+ * components.  Returns (resolved) on success, or (NULL) on failure,
+ * in which case the path which caused trouble is left in (resolved).
+ */
+char *
+realpath(path, resolved)
+	const char *path;
+	char *resolved;
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	int fd, n, rootd, serrno;
+	char *p, *q, wbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	/* Save the starting point. */
+	if ((fd = open(".", O_RDONLY)) < 0) {
+		(void)strcpy(resolved, ".");
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Find the dirname and basename from the path to be resolved.
+	 * Change directory to the dirname component.
+	 * lstat the basename part.
+	 *     if it is a symlink, read in the value and loop.
+	 *     if it is a directory, then change to that directory.
+	 * get the current directory name and append the basename.
+	 */
+	(void)strncpy(resolved, path, MAXPATHLEN - 1);
+	resolved[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0';
+loop:
+	q = strrchr(resolved, '/');
+	if (q != NULL) {
+		p = q + 1;
+		if (q == resolved)
+			q = "/";
+		else {
+			do {
+				--q;
+			} while (q > resolved && *q == '/');
+			q[1] = '\0';
+			q = resolved;
+		}
+		if (chdir(q) < 0)
+			goto err1;
+	} else
+		p = resolved;
+
+	/* Deal with the last component. */
+	if (lstat(p, &sb) == 0) {
+		if (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode)) {
+			n = readlink(p, resolved, MAXPATHLEN);
+			if (n < 0)
+				goto err1;
+			resolved[n] = '\0';
+			goto loop;
+		}
+		if (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+			if (chdir(p) < 0)
+				goto err1;
+			p = "";
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Save the last component name and get the full pathname of
+	 * the current directory.
+	 */
+	(void)strcpy(wbuf, p);
+
+	/*
+	 * Call the inernal internal version of getcwd which
+	 * does a physical search rather than using the $PWD short-cut
+	 */
+	if (getcwd_physical(resolved, MAXPATHLEN) == 0)
+		goto err1;
+
+	/*
+	 * Join the two strings together, ensuring that the right thing
+	 * happens if the last component is empty, or the dirname is root.
+	 */
+	if (resolved[0] == '/' && resolved[1] == '\0')
+		rootd = 1;
+	else
+		rootd = 0;
+
+	if (*wbuf) {
+		if (strlen(resolved) + strlen(wbuf) + rootd + 1 > MAXPATHLEN) {
+			errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
+			goto err1;
+		}
+		if (rootd == 0)
+			(void)strcat(resolved, "/");
+		(void)strcat(resolved, wbuf);
+	}
+
+	/* Go back to where we came from. */
+	if (fchdir(fd) < 0) {
+		serrno = errno;
+		goto err2;
+	}
+
+	/* It's okay if the close fails, what's an fd more or less? */
+	(void)close(fd);
+	return (resolved);
+
+err1:	serrno = errno;
+	(void)fchdir(fd);
+err2:	(void)close(fd);
+	errno = serrno;
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+static char *
+getcwd_physical(pt, size)
+	char *pt;
+	size_t size;
+{
+	register struct dirent *dp;
+	register DIR *dir;
+	register dev_t dev;
+	register ino_t ino;
+	register int first;
+	register char *bpt, *bup;
+	struct stat s;
+	dev_t root_dev;
+	ino_t root_ino;
+	size_t ptsize, upsize;
+	int save_errno;
+	char *ept, *eup, *up;
+
+	/*
+	 * If no buffer specified by the user, allocate one as necessary.
+	 * If a buffer is specified, the size has to be non-zero.  The path
+	 * is built from the end of the buffer backwards.
+	 */
+	if (pt) {
+		ptsize = 0;
+		if (!size) {
+			errno = EINVAL;
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		ept = pt + size;
+	} else {
+		if ((pt = malloc(ptsize = 1024 - 4)) == NULL)
+			return (NULL);
+		ept = pt + ptsize;
+	}
+	bpt = ept - 1;
+	*bpt = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate bytes (1024 - malloc space) for the string of "../"'s.
+	 * Should always be enough (it's 340 levels).  If it's not, allocate
+	 * as necessary.  Special case the first stat, it's ".", not "..".
+	 */
+	if ((up = malloc(upsize = 1024 - 4)) == NULL)
+		goto err;
+	eup = up + MAXPATHLEN;
+	bup = up;
+	up[0] = '.';
+	up[1] = '\0';
+
+	/* Save root values, so know when to stop. */
+	if (stat("/", &s))
+		goto err;
+	root_dev = s.st_dev;
+	root_ino = s.st_ino;
+
+	errno = 0;			/* XXX readdir has no error return. */
+
+	for (first = 1;; first = 0) {
+		/* Stat the current level. */
+		if (lstat(up, &s))
+			goto err;
+
+		/* Save current node values. */
+		ino = s.st_ino;
+		dev = s.st_dev;
+
+		/* Check for reaching root. */
+		if (root_dev == dev && root_ino == ino) {
+			*--bpt = '/';
+			/*
+			 * It's unclear that it's a requirement to copy the
+			 * path to the beginning of the buffer, but it's always
+			 * been that way and stuff would probably break.
+			 */
+			(void)bcopy(bpt, pt, ept - bpt);
+			free(up);
+			return (pt);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Build pointer to the parent directory, allocating memory
+		 * as necessary.  Max length is 3 for "../", the largest
+		 * possible component name, plus a trailing NULL.
+		 */
+		if (bup + 3  + MAXNAMLEN + 1 >= eup) {
+			if ((up = realloc(up, upsize *= 2)) == NULL)
+				goto err;
+			bup = up;
+			eup = up + upsize;
+		}
+		*bup++ = '.';
+		*bup++ = '.';
+		*bup = '\0';
+
+		/* Open and stat parent directory. */
+		if (!(dir = opendir(up)) || fstat(dirfd(dir), &s))
+			goto err;
+
+		/* Add trailing slash for next directory. */
+		*bup++ = '/';
+
+		/*
+		 * If it's a mount point, have to stat each element because
+		 * the inode number in the directory is for the entry in the
+		 * parent directory, not the inode number of the mounted file.
+		 */
+		save_errno = 0;
+		if (s.st_dev == dev) {
+			for (;;) {
+				if (!(dp = readdir(dir)))
+					goto notfound;
+				if (dp->d_fileno == ino)
+					break;
+			}
+		} else
+			for (;;) {
+				if (!(dp = readdir(dir)))
+					goto notfound;
+				if (ISDOT(dp))
+					continue;
+				bcopy(dp->d_name, bup, dp->d_namlen + 1);
+
+				/* Save the first error for later. */
+				if (lstat(up, &s)) {
+					if (!save_errno)
+						save_errno = errno;
+					errno = 0;
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (s.st_dev == dev && s.st_ino == ino)
+					break;
+			}
+
+		/*
+		 * Check for length of the current name, preceding slash,
+		 * leading slash.
+		 */
+		if (bpt - pt <= dp->d_namlen + (first ? 1 : 2)) {
+			size_t len, off;
+
+			if (!ptsize) {
+				errno = ERANGE;
+				goto err;
+			}
+			off = bpt - pt;
+			len = ept - bpt;
+			if ((pt = realloc(pt, ptsize *= 2)) == NULL)
+				goto err;
+			bpt = pt + off;
+			ept = pt + ptsize;
+			(void)bcopy(bpt, ept - len, len);
+			bpt = ept - len;
+		}
+		if (!first)
+			*--bpt = '/';
+		bpt -= dp->d_namlen;
+		bcopy(dp->d_name, bpt, dp->d_namlen);
+		(void)closedir(dir);
+
+		/* Truncate any file name. */
+		*bup = '\0';
+	}
+
+notfound:
+	/*
+	 * If readdir set errno, use it, not any saved error; otherwise,
+	 * didn't find the current directory in its parent directory, set
+	 * errno to ENOENT.
+	 */
+	if (!errno)
+		errno = save_errno ? save_errno : ENOENT;
+	/* FALLTHROUGH */
+err:
+	if (ptsize)
+		free(pt);
+	free(up);
+	return (NULL);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..daab7f5489f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getgrouplist.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/8/94";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * get credential
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+int
+getgrouplist(uname, agroup, groups, grpcnt)
+	const char *uname;
+	int agroup;
+	register int *groups;
+	int *grpcnt;
+{
+	register struct group *grp;
+	register struct passwd *pw;
+	register int i, ngroups;
+	int ret, maxgroups;
+
+	ret = 0;
+	ngroups = 0;
+	maxgroups = *grpcnt;
+	/*
+	 * When installing primary group, duplicate it;
+	 * the first element of groups is the effective gid
+	 * and will be overwritten when a setgid file is executed.
+	 */
+	groups[ngroups++] = agroup;
+	if (maxgroups > 1)
+		groups[ngroups++] = agroup;
+	/*
+	 * Scan the group file to find additional groups.
+	 */
+	setgrent();
+	while (grp = getgrent()) {
+		if (grp->gr_gid == agroup)
+			continue;
+		for (i = 0; grp->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
+			if (!strcmp(grp->gr_mem[i], uname)) {
+				if (ngroups >= maxgroups) {
+					ret = -1;
+					break;
+				}
+				groups[ngroups++] = grp->gr_gid;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	endgrent();
+	*grpcnt = ngroups;
+	return (ret);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b34b78b392ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Rick Macklem at The University of Guelph.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getnetgrent.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/27/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+
+#define _PATH_NETGROUP "/etc/netgroup"
+
+/*
+ * Static Variables and functions used by setnetgrent(), getnetgrent() and
+ * endnetgrent().
+ * There are two linked lists:
+ * - linelist is just used by setnetgrent() to parse the net group file via.
+ *   parse_netgrp()
+ * - netgrp is the list of entries for the current netgroup
+ */
+struct linelist {
+	struct linelist	*l_next;	/* Chain ptr. */
+	int		l_parsed;	/* Flag for cycles */
+	char		*l_groupname;	/* Name of netgroup */
+	char		*l_line;	/* Netgroup entrie(s) to be parsed */
+};
+
+struct netgrp {
+	struct netgrp	*ng_next;	/* Chain ptr */
+	char		*ng_str[3];	/* Field pointers, see below */
+};
+#define NG_HOST		0	/* Host name */
+#define NG_USER		1	/* User name */
+#define NG_DOM		2	/* and Domain name */
+
+static struct linelist	*linehead = (struct linelist *)0;
+static struct netgrp	*nextgrp = (struct netgrp *)0;
+static struct {
+	struct netgrp	*gr;
+	char		*grname;
+} grouphead = {
+	(struct netgrp *)0,
+	(char *)0,
+};
+static FILE *netf = (FILE *)0;
+static int parse_netgrp();
+static struct linelist *read_for_group();
+void setnetgrent(), endnetgrent();
+int getnetgrent(), innetgr();
+
+#define	LINSIZ	1024	/* Length of netgroup file line */
+
+/*
+ * setnetgrent()
+ * Parse the netgroup file looking for the netgroup and build the list
+ * of netgrp structures. Let parse_netgrp() and read_for_group() do
+ * most of the work.
+ */
+void
+setnetgrent(group)
+	char *group;
+{
+
+	if (grouphead.gr == (struct netgrp *)0 ||
+		strcmp(group, grouphead.grname)) {
+		endnetgrent();
+		if (netf = fopen(_PATH_NETGROUP, "r")) {
+			if (parse_netgrp(group))
+				endnetgrent();
+			else {
+				grouphead.grname = (char *)
+					malloc(strlen(group) + 1);
+				strcpy(grouphead.grname, group);
+			}
+			fclose(netf);
+		}
+	}
+	nextgrp = grouphead.gr;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Get the next netgroup off the list.
+ */
+int
+getnetgrent(hostp, userp, domp)
+	char **hostp, **userp, **domp;
+{
+
+	if (nextgrp) {
+		*hostp = nextgrp->ng_str[NG_HOST];
+		*userp = nextgrp->ng_str[NG_USER];
+		*domp = nextgrp->ng_str[NG_DOM];
+		nextgrp = nextgrp->ng_next;
+		return (1);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * endnetgrent() - cleanup
+ */
+void
+endnetgrent()
+{
+	register struct linelist *lp, *olp;
+	register struct netgrp *gp, *ogp;
+
+	lp = linehead;
+	while (lp) {
+		olp = lp;
+		lp = lp->l_next;
+		free(olp->l_groupname);
+		free(olp->l_line);
+		free((char *)olp);
+	}
+	linehead = (struct linelist *)0;
+	if (grouphead.grname) {
+		free(grouphead.grname);
+		grouphead.grname = (char *)0;
+	}
+	gp = grouphead.gr;
+	while (gp) {
+		ogp = gp;
+		gp = gp->ng_next;
+		if (ogp->ng_str[NG_HOST])
+			free(ogp->ng_str[NG_HOST]);
+		if (ogp->ng_str[NG_USER])
+			free(ogp->ng_str[NG_USER]);
+		if (ogp->ng_str[NG_DOM])
+			free(ogp->ng_str[NG_DOM]);
+		free((char *)ogp);
+	}
+	grouphead.gr = (struct netgrp *)0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Search for a match in a netgroup.
+ */
+int
+innetgr(group, host, user, dom)
+	char *group, *host, *user, *dom;
+{
+	char *hst, *usr, *dm;
+
+	setnetgrent(group);
+	while (getnetgrent(&hst, &usr, &dm))
+		if ((host == (char *)0 || !strcmp(host, hst)) &&
+		    (user == (char *)0 || !strcmp(user, usr)) &&
+		    (dom == (char *)0 || !strcmp(dom, dm))) {
+			endnetgrent();
+			return (1);
+		}
+	endnetgrent();
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Parse the netgroup file setting up the linked lists.
+ */
+static int
+parse_netgrp(group)
+	char *group;
+{
+	register char *spos, *epos;
+	register int len, strpos;
+	char *pos, *gpos;
+	struct netgrp *grp;
+	struct linelist *lp = linehead;
+
+	/*
+	 * First, see if the line has already been read in.
+	 */
+	while (lp) {
+		if (!strcmp(group, lp->l_groupname))
+			break;
+		lp = lp->l_next;
+	}
+	if (lp == (struct linelist *)0 &&
+	    (lp = read_for_group(group)) == (struct linelist *)0)
+		return (1);
+	if (lp->l_parsed) {
+		fprintf(stderr, "Cycle in netgroup %s\n", lp->l_groupname);
+		return (1);
+	} else
+		lp->l_parsed = 1;
+	pos = lp->l_line;
+	while (*pos != '\0') {
+		if (*pos == '(') {
+			grp = (struct netgrp *)malloc(sizeof (struct netgrp));
+			bzero((char *)grp, sizeof (struct netgrp));
+			grp->ng_next = grouphead.gr;
+			grouphead.gr = grp;
+			pos++;
+			gpos = strsep(&pos, ")");
+			for (strpos = 0; strpos < 3; strpos++) {
+				if (spos = strsep(&gpos, ",")) {
+					while (*spos == ' ' || *spos == '\t')
+						spos++;
+					if (epos = strpbrk(spos, " \t")) {
+						*epos = '\0';
+						len = epos - spos;
+					} else
+						len = strlen(spos);
+					if (len > 0) {
+						grp->ng_str[strpos] =  (char *)
+							malloc(len + 1);
+						bcopy(spos, grp->ng_str[strpos],
+							len + 1);
+					}
+				} else
+					goto errout;
+			}
+		} else {
+			spos = strsep(&pos, ", \t");
+			if (parse_netgrp(spos))
+				return (1);
+		}
+		if (pos == NULL)
+			break;
+		while (*pos == ' ' || *pos == ',' || *pos == '\t')
+			pos++;
+	}
+	return (0);
+errout:
+	fprintf(stderr, "Bad netgroup %s at ..%s\n", lp->l_groupname,
+		spos);
+	return (1);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Read the netgroup file and save lines until the line for the netgroup
+ * is found. Return 1 if eof is encountered.
+ */
+static struct linelist *
+read_for_group(group)
+	char *group;
+{
+	register char *pos, *spos, *linep, *olinep;
+	register int len, olen;
+	int cont;
+	struct linelist *lp;
+	char line[LINSIZ + 1];
+
+	while (fgets(line, LINSIZ, netf) != NULL) {
+		pos = line;
+		if (*pos == '#')
+			continue;
+		while (*pos == ' ' || *pos == '\t')
+			pos++;
+		spos = pos;
+		while (*pos != ' ' && *pos != '\t' && *pos != '\n' &&
+			*pos != '\0')
+			pos++;
+		len = pos - spos;
+		while (*pos == ' ' || *pos == '\t')
+			pos++;
+		if (*pos != '\n' && *pos != '\0') {
+			lp = (struct linelist *)malloc(sizeof (*lp));
+			lp->l_parsed = 0;
+			lp->l_groupname = (char *)malloc(len + 1);
+			bcopy(spos, lp->l_groupname, len);
+			*(lp->l_groupname + len) = '\0';
+			len = strlen(pos);
+			olen = 0;
+
+			/*
+			 * Loop around handling line continuations.
+			 */
+			do {
+				if (*(pos + len - 1) == '\n')
+					len--;
+				if (*(pos + len - 1) == '\\') {
+					len--;
+					cont = 1;
+				} else
+					cont = 0;
+				if (len > 0) {
+					linep = (char *)malloc(olen + len + 1);
+					if (olen > 0) {
+						bcopy(olinep, linep, olen);
+						free(olinep);
+					}
+					bcopy(pos, linep + olen, len);
+					olen += len;
+					*(linep + olen) = '\0';
+					olinep = linep;
+				}
+				if (cont) {
+					if (fgets(line, LINSIZ, netf)) {
+						pos = line;
+						len = strlen(pos);
+					} else
+						cont = 0;
+				}
+			} while (cont);
+			lp->l_line = linep;
+			lp->l_next = linehead;
+			linehead = lp;
+
+			/*
+			 * If this is the one we wanted, we are done.
+			 */
+			if (!strcmp(lp->l_groupname, group))
+				return (lp);
+		}
+	}
+	return ((struct linelist *)0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..155ba56c2037
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getpwent.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/27/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <db.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <utmp.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/*
+ * The lookup techniques and data extraction code here must be kept
+ * in sync with that in `pwd_mkdb'.
+ */
+
+static struct passwd _pw_passwd;	/* password structure */
+static DB *_pw_db;			/* password database */
+static int _pw_keynum;			/* key counter */
+static int _pw_stayopen;		/* keep fd's open */
+static int __hashpw(), __initdb();
+
+struct passwd *
+getpwent()
+{
+	DBT key;
+	char bf[sizeof(_pw_keynum) + 1];
+
+	if (!_pw_db && !__initdb())
+		return((struct passwd *)NULL);
+
+	++_pw_keynum;
+	bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNUM;
+	bcopy((char *)&_pw_keynum, bf + 1, sizeof(_pw_keynum));
+	key.data = (u_char *)bf;
+	key.size = sizeof(_pw_keynum) + 1;
+	return(__hashpw(&key) ? &_pw_passwd : (struct passwd *)NULL);
+}
+
+struct passwd *
+getpwnam(name)
+	const char *name;
+{
+	DBT key;
+	int len, rval;
+	char bf[UT_NAMESIZE + 1];
+
+	if (!_pw_db && !__initdb())
+		return((struct passwd *)NULL);
+
+	bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNAME;
+	len = strlen(name);
+	bcopy(name, bf + 1, MIN(len, UT_NAMESIZE));
+	key.data = (u_char *)bf;
+	key.size = len + 1;
+	rval = __hashpw(&key);
+
+	if (!_pw_stayopen) {
+		(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+		_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+	}
+	return(rval ? &_pw_passwd : (struct passwd *)NULL);
+}
+
+struct passwd *
+getpwuid(uid)
+	uid_t uid;
+{
+	DBT key;
+	int keyuid, rval;
+	char bf[sizeof(keyuid) + 1];
+
+	if (!_pw_db && !__initdb())
+		return((struct passwd *)NULL);
+
+	bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYUID;
+	keyuid = uid;
+	bcopy(&keyuid, bf + 1, sizeof(keyuid));
+	key.data = (u_char *)bf;
+	key.size = sizeof(keyuid) + 1;
+	rval = __hashpw(&key);
+
+	if (!_pw_stayopen) {
+		(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+		_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+	}
+	return(rval ? &_pw_passwd : (struct passwd *)NULL);
+}
+
+int
+setpassent(stayopen)
+	int stayopen;
+{
+	_pw_keynum = 0;
+	_pw_stayopen = stayopen;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+int
+setpwent()
+{
+	_pw_keynum = 0;
+	_pw_stayopen = 0;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+void
+endpwent()
+{
+	_pw_keynum = 0;
+	if (_pw_db) {
+		(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+		_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+static
+__initdb()
+{
+	static int warned;
+	char *p;
+
+	p = (geteuid()) ? _PATH_MP_DB : _PATH_SMP_DB;
+	_pw_db = dbopen(p, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL);
+	if (_pw_db)
+		return(1);
+	if (!warned)
+		syslog(LOG_ERR, "%s: %m", p);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static
+__hashpw(key)
+	DBT *key;
+{
+	register char *p, *t;
+	static u_int max;
+	static char *line;
+	DBT data;
+
+	if ((_pw_db->get)(_pw_db, key, &data, 0))
+		return(0);
+	p = (char *)data.data;
+	if (data.size > max && !(line = realloc(line, max += 1024)))
+		return(0);
+
+	/* THIS CODE MUST MATCH THAT IN pwd_mkdb. */
+	t = line;
+#define	EXPAND(e)	e = t; while (*t++ = *p++);
+#define	SCALAR(v)	memmove(&(v), p, sizeof v); p += sizeof v
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_name);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_passwd);
+	SCALAR(_pw_passwd.pw_uid);
+	SCALAR(_pw_passwd.pw_gid);
+	SCALAR(_pw_passwd.pw_change);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_class);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_gecos);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_dir);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_shell);
+	SCALAR(_pw_passwd.pw_expire);
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..746d4df9d39c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getvfsbyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1995
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)kvm_getvfsbyname.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/4/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 4, 1995
+.Dt GETVFSBYNAME 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getvfsbyname
+.Nd get information about a filesystem
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/mount.h>
+.Fd #include <kvm.h>
+.br
+.Ft int
+.Fn getvfsbyname "const char *name" "struct vfsconf *vfc"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getvfsbyname
+function provides access to information about a
+filesystem module that is configured in the kernel.
+If successful,
+the requested filesystem
+.Fa vfsconf
+is returned in the location pointed to by
+.Nm vfc .
+The fields in a
+.Dq Li struct vfsconf
+are defined as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -compact -width vfc_refcount
+.It vfc_name
+the name of the filesystem
+.It vfc_typenum
+the filesystem type number assigned by the kernel
+.It vfc_refcount
+the number of active mount points using the filesystem
+.It vfc_flags
+flag bits that are used to initialize a new mount point
+using the filesystem
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call to
+.Nm getvfsbyname
+is successful, 0 is returned.
+Otherwise \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set appropriately.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following errors may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa vfc
+pointer contains an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The
+.Fa name
+specifies a filesystem that is unknown or not configured in the kernel.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sysctl 1 ,
+.Xr mount 2 ,
+.Xr sysctl 3 ,
+.Xr mount 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A variant of the
+.Fn getvfsbyname
+function first appeared in FreeBSD 2.0.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c b/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9c2b0ad069bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)opendir.c	8.8 (Berkeley) 5/1/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * Open a directory.
+ */
+DIR *
+opendir(name)
+	const char *name;
+{
+
+	return (__opendir2(name, DTF_HIDEW|DTF_NODUP));
+}
+
+DIR *
+__opendir2(name, flags)
+	const char *name;
+	int flags;
+{
+	DIR *dirp;
+	int fd;
+	int incr;
+	int unionstack;
+	struct stat statb;
+
+	if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
+		return (NULL);
+	if (fstat(fd, &statb) || !S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode)) {
+		errno = ENOTDIR;
+		close(fd);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) == -1 ||
+	    (dirp = (DIR *)malloc(sizeof(DIR))) == NULL) {
+		close(fd);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If CLBYTES is an exact multiple of DIRBLKSIZ, use a CLBYTES
+	 * buffer that it cluster boundary aligned.
+	 * Hopefully this can be a big win someday by allowing page
+	 * trades to user space to be done by getdirentries()
+	 */
+	if ((CLBYTES % DIRBLKSIZ) == 0)
+		incr = CLBYTES;
+	else
+		incr = DIRBLKSIZ;
+
+	/*
+	 * Determine whether this directory is the top of a union stack.
+	 */
+	if (flags & DTF_NODUP) {
+		struct statfs sfb;
+
+		if (fstatfs(fd, &sfb) < 0) {
+			free(dirp);
+			close(fd);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		unionstack = !strcmp(sfb.f_fstypename, "union");
+	} else {
+		unionstack = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (unionstack) {
+		int len = 0;
+		int space = 0;
+		char *buf = 0;
+		char *ddptr = 0;
+		char *ddeptr;
+		int n;
+		struct dirent **dpv;
+
+		/*
+		 * The strategy here is to read all the directory
+		 * entries into a buffer, sort the buffer, and
+		 * remove duplicate entries by setting the inode
+		 * number to zero.
+		 */
+
+		do {
+			/*
+			 * Always make at least DIRBLKSIZ bytes
+			 * available to getdirentries
+			 */
+			if (space < DIRBLKSIZ) {
+				space += incr;
+				len += incr;
+				buf = realloc(buf, len);
+				if (buf == NULL) {
+					free(dirp);
+					close(fd);
+					return (NULL);
+				}
+				ddptr = buf + (len - space);
+			}
+
+			n = getdirentries(fd, ddptr, space, &dirp->dd_seek);
+			if (n > 0) {
+				ddptr += n;
+				space -= n;
+			}
+		} while (n > 0);
+
+		ddeptr = ddptr;
+		flags |= __DTF_READALL;
+
+		/*
+		 * Re-open the directory.
+		 * This has the effect of rewinding back to the
+		 * top of the union stack and is needed by
+		 * programs which plan to fchdir to a descriptor
+		 * which has also been read -- see fts.c.
+		 */
+		if (flags & DTF_REWIND) {
+			(void) close(fd);
+			if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+				free(buf);
+				free(dirp);
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * There is now a buffer full of (possibly) duplicate
+		 * names.
+		 */
+		dirp->dd_buf = buf;
+
+		/*
+		 * Go round this loop twice...
+		 *
+		 * Scan through the buffer, counting entries.
+		 * On the second pass, save pointers to each one.
+		 * Then sort the pointers and remove duplicate names.
+		 */
+		for (dpv = 0;;) {
+			n = 0;
+			ddptr = buf;
+			while (ddptr < ddeptr) {
+				struct dirent *dp;
+
+				dp = (struct dirent *) ddptr;
+				if ((int)dp & 03)
+					break;
+				if ((dp->d_reclen <= 0) ||
+				    (dp->d_reclen > (ddeptr + 1 - ddptr)))
+					break;
+				ddptr += dp->d_reclen;
+				if (dp->d_fileno) {
+					if (dpv)
+						dpv[n] = dp;
+					n++;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (dpv) {
+				struct dirent *xp;
+
+				/*
+				 * This sort must be stable.
+				 */
+				mergesort(dpv, n, sizeof(*dpv), alphasort);
+
+				dpv[n] = NULL;
+				xp = NULL;
+
+				/*
+				 * Scan through the buffer in sort order,
+				 * zapping the inode number of any
+				 * duplicate names.
+				 */
+				for (n = 0; dpv[n]; n++) {
+					struct dirent *dp = dpv[n];
+
+					if ((xp == NULL) ||
+					    strcmp(dp->d_name, xp->d_name)) {
+						xp = dp;
+					} else {
+						dp->d_fileno = 0;
+					}
+					if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT &&
+					    (flags & DTF_HIDEW))
+						dp->d_fileno = 0;
+				}
+
+				free(dpv);
+				break;
+			} else {
+				dpv = malloc((n+1) * sizeof(struct dirent *));
+				if (dpv == NULL)
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		dirp->dd_len = len;
+		dirp->dd_size = ddptr - dirp->dd_buf;
+	} else {
+		dirp->dd_len = incr;
+		dirp->dd_buf = malloc(dirp->dd_len);
+		if (dirp->dd_buf == NULL) {
+			free(dirp);
+			close (fd);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		dirp->dd_seek = 0;
+		flags &= ~DTF_REWIND;
+	}
+
+	dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+	dirp->dd_fd = fd;
+	dirp->dd_flags = flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set up seek point for rewinddir.
+	 */
+	dirp->dd_rewind = telldir(dirp);
+
+	return (dirp);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/popen.3 b/lib/libc/gen/popen.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9ca1bb304f47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/popen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)popen.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/3/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 3, 1995
+.Dt POPEN 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm popen ,
+.Nm pclose
+.Nd process
+.Tn I/O
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdio.h>
+.Ft FILE *
+.Fn popen "const char *command" "const char *type"
+.Ft int
+.Fn pclose "FILE *stream"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn popen
+function
+.Dq opens
+a process by creating an IPC connection,
+forking,
+and invoking the shell.
+Historically,
+.Nm popen
+was implemented with a unidirectional pipe;
+hence many implementations of
+.Nm popen
+only allow the
+.Fa type
+argument to specify reading or writing, not both.
+Since
+.Nm popen
+is now implemented using sockets, the
+.Fa type
+may request a bidirectional data flow.
+The
+.Fa type
+argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string
+which must be
+.Ql r
+for reading,
+.Ql w
+for writing, or
+.Ql r+
+for reading and writing.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa command
+argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string
+containing a shell command line.
+This command is passed to
+.Pa /bin/sh
+using the
+.Fl c
+flag; interpretation, if any, is performed by the shell.
+.Pp
+The return value from
+.Fn popen
+is a normal standard
+.Tn I/O
+stream in all respects
+save that it must be closed with
+.Fn pclose
+rather than
+.Fn fclose .
+Writing to such a stream
+writes to the standard input of the command;
+the command's standard output is the same as that of the process that called
+.Fn popen ,
+unless this is altered by the command itself.
+Conversely, reading from a
+.Dq popened
+stream reads the command's standard output, and
+the command's standard input is the same as that of the process that called
+.Fn popen .
+.Pp
+Note that output
+.Fn popen
+streams are fully buffered by default.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn pclose
+function waits for the associated process to terminate
+and returns the exit status of the command
+as returned by
+.Fn wait4 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUE
+The
+.Fn popen
+function returns
+.Dv NULL
+if the
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+or
+.Xr socketpair 2
+calls fail,
+or if it cannot allocate memory.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn pclose
+function
+returns \-1 if
+.Fa stream
+is not associated with a
+.Dq popened
+command, if
+.Fa stream
+already
+.Dq pclosed ,
+or if
+.Xr wait4
+returns an error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn popen
+function does not reliably set
+.Va errno .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr socketpair 2 ,
+.Xr wait4 2 ,
+.Xr fflush 3 ,
+.Xr fclose 3 ,
+.Xr fopen 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr system 3
+.Sh BUGS
+Since the standard input of a command opened for reading
+shares its seek offset with the process that called
+.Fn popen ,
+if the original process has done a buffered read,
+the command's input position may not be as expected.
+Similarly, the output from a command opened for writing
+may become intermingled with that of the original process.
+The latter can be avoided by calling
+.Xr fflush 3
+before
+.Fn popen .
+.Pp
+Failure to execute the shell
+is indistinguishable from the shell's failure to execute command,
+or an immediate exit of the command.
+The only hint is an exit status of 127.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn popen
+argument
+always calls
+.Xr sh ,
+never calls
+.Xr csh .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn popen
+and a
+.Fn pclose
+function appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/popen.c b/lib/libc/gen/popen.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3c3bd6f4958f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/popen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software written by Ken Arnold and
+ * published in UNIX Review, Vol. 6, No. 8.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)popen.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/3/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+
+static struct pid {
+	struct pid *next;
+	FILE *fp;
+	pid_t pid;
+} *pidlist; 
+	
+FILE *
+popen(command, type)
+	const char *command, *type;
+{
+	struct pid *cur;
+	FILE *iop;
+	int pdes[2], pid, twoway;
+
+	if (strchr(type, '+')) {
+		twoway = 1;
+		type = "r+";
+		if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, pdes) < 0)
+			return (NULL);
+	} else  {
+		twoway = 0;
+		if (*type != 'r' && *type != 'w' || type[1] ||
+		    (pipe(pdes) < 0))
+			return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	if ((cur = malloc(sizeof(struct pid))) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	switch (pid = vfork()) {
+	case -1:			/* Error. */
+		(void)close(pdes[0]);
+		(void)close(pdes[1]);
+		(void)free(cur);
+		return (NULL);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	case 0:				/* Child. */
+		if (*type == 'r') {
+			if (pdes[1] != STDOUT_FILENO) {
+				(void)dup2(pdes[1], STDOUT_FILENO);
+				(void)close(pdes[1]);
+				pdes[1] = STDOUT_FILENO;
+			}
+			(void) close(pdes[0]);
+			if (twoway && (pdes[1] != STDIN_FILENO))
+				(void)dup2(pdes[1], STDIN_FILENO);
+		} else {
+			if (pdes[0] != STDIN_FILENO) {
+				(void)dup2(pdes[0], STDIN_FILENO);
+				(void)close(pdes[0]);
+			}
+			(void)close(pdes[1]);
+		}
+		execl(_PATH_BSHELL, "sh", "-c", command, NULL);
+		_exit(127);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	/* Parent; assume fdopen can't fail. */
+	if (*type == 'r') {
+		iop = fdopen(pdes[0], type);
+		(void)close(pdes[1]);
+	} else {
+		iop = fdopen(pdes[1], type);
+		(void)close(pdes[0]);
+	}
+
+	/* Link into list of file descriptors. */
+	cur->fp = iop;
+	cur->pid =  pid;
+	cur->next = pidlist;
+	pidlist = cur;
+
+	return (iop);
+}
+
+/*
+ * pclose --
+ *	Pclose returns -1 if stream is not associated with a `popened' command,
+ *	if already `pclosed', or waitpid returns an error.
+ */
+int
+pclose(iop)
+	FILE *iop;
+{
+	register struct pid *cur, *last;
+	int omask;
+	int pstat;
+	pid_t pid;
+
+	/* Find the appropriate file pointer. */
+	for (last = NULL, cur = pidlist; cur; last = cur, cur = cur->next)
+		if (cur->fp == iop)
+			break;
+	if (cur == NULL)
+		return (-1);
+
+	(void)fclose(iop);
+
+	do {
+		pid = waitpid(cur->pid, &pstat, 0);
+	} while (pid == -1 && errno == EINTR);
+
+	/* Remove the entry from the linked list. */
+	if (last == NULL)
+		pidlist = cur->next;
+	else
+		last->next = cur->next;
+	free(cur);
+		
+	return (pid == -1 ? -1 : pstat);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3 b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1fdcbad94b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)psignal.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 2/27/95
+.\"
+.Dd February 27, 1995
+.Dt PSIGNAL 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm psignal ,
+.Nm sys_siglist ,
+.Nm sys_signame
+.Nd system signal messages
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/signal.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn psignal "unsigned sig" "const char *s"
+.Vt extern char *sys_siglist[];
+.Vt extern char *sys_signame[];
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn psignal
+function locates the descriptive message
+string for the given signal number
+.Fa sig
+and writes it to the standard error.
+.Pp
+If the argument
+.Fa s
+is
+.Pf non- Dv NULL
+it is written to the standard error file descriptor
+prior to the message string,
+immediately followed by a colon and a space.
+If the signal number is not recognized
+.Pq Xr sigaction 2 ,
+the string
+.Dq "Unknown signal
+is produced.
+.Pp
+The message strings can be accessed directly
+through the external array
+.Va sys_siglist ,
+indexed by recognized signal numbers.
+The external array
+.Va sys_signame
+is used similarly and
+contains short, lower-case abbreviations for signals
+which are useful for recognizing signal names
+in user input.
+The defined variable
+.Dv NSIG
+contains a count of the strings in
+.Va sys_siglist
+and
+.Va sys_signame .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr perror 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn psignal
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c b/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2e9766176096
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)readdir.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 9/29/94";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+/*
+ * get next entry in a directory.
+ */
+struct dirent *
+readdir(dirp)
+	register DIR *dirp;
+{
+	register struct dirent *dp;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		if (dirp->dd_loc >= dirp->dd_size) {
+			if (dirp->dd_flags & __DTF_READALL)
+				return (NULL);
+			dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+		}
+		if (dirp->dd_loc == 0 && !(dirp->dd_flags & __DTF_READALL)) {
+			dirp->dd_size = getdirentries(dirp->dd_fd,
+			    dirp->dd_buf, dirp->dd_len, &dirp->dd_seek);
+			if (dirp->dd_size <= 0)
+				return (NULL);
+		}
+		dp = (struct dirent *)(dirp->dd_buf + dirp->dd_loc);
+		if ((int)dp & 03)	/* bogus pointer check */
+			return (NULL);
+		if (dp->d_reclen <= 0 ||
+		    dp->d_reclen > dirp->dd_len + 1 - dirp->dd_loc)
+			return (NULL);
+		dirp->dd_loc += dp->d_reclen;
+		if (dp->d_ino == 0)
+			continue;
+		if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT && (dirp->dd_flags & DTF_HIDEW))
+			continue;
+		return (dp);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/realpath.3 b/lib/libc/gen/realpath.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..83f4a432e982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/realpath.3
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Jan-Simon Pendry.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)realpath.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 2/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd "February 16, 1994"
+.Dt REALPATH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm realpath
+.Nd returns the canonicalized absolute pathname
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/param.h>
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft "char *"
+.Fn realpath "const char *pathname" "char resolvedname[MAXPATHLEN]"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn realpath
+function resolves all symbolic links, extra
+.Dq /
+characters and references to
+.Pa /./
+and
+.Pa /../
+in
+.Fa pathname ,
+and copies the resulting absolute pathname into
+the memory referenced by
+.Fa resolvedname .
+The
+.Fa resolvedname
+argument
+.Em must
+refer to a buffer capable of storing at least
+.Dv MAXPATHLEN
+characters.
+.Pp
+The 
+.Fn realpath
+function will resolve both absolute and relative paths
+and return the absolute pathname corresponding to
+.Fa pathname .
+All but the last component of
+.Fa pathname
+must exist when
+.Fn realpath
+is called.
+.Sh "RETURN VALUES"
+The
+.Fn realpath
+function returns
+.Fa resolved_name
+on success.
+If an error occurs,
+.Fn realpath
+returns
+.Dv NULL ,
+and
+.Fa resolved_name
+contains the pathname which caused the problem.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The function
+.Fn realpath
+may fail and set the external variable
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr chdir 2 ,
+.Xr close 2 ,
+.Xr fchdir 2 ,
+.Xr lstat 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr readlink 2
+and
+.Xr getcwd 3 .
+.Sh CAVEATS
+This implementation of
+.Fn realpath
+differs slightly from the Solaris implementation.
+The
+.Bx 4.4
+version always returns absolute pathnames,
+whereas the Solaris implementation will,
+under certain circumstances, return a relative
+.Fa resolved_path
+when given a relative
+.Fa pathname .
+.Sh "SEE ALSO"
+.Xr getcwd 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn realpath
+function call first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..04c2a6b35697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)setmode.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95
+.\"
+.Dd April 28, 1995
+.Dt SETMODE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getmode ,
+.Nm setmode
+.Nd modify mode bits
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft mode_t
+.Fn getmode "const void *set" "mode_t mode"
+.Ft void *
+.Fn setmode "const char *mode_str"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getmode
+function
+returns a copy of the file permission bits
+.Fa mode
+as altered by the values pointed to by
+.Fa set .
+While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode
+may be examined.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setmode
+function
+takes an absolute (octal) or symbolic value, as described in
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+as an argument
+and returns a pointer to mode values to be supplied to
+.Fn getmode .
+Because some of the symbolic values are relative to the file
+creation mask,
+.Fn setmode
+may call
+.Xr umask 2 .
+If this occurs, the file creation mask will be restored before
+.Fn setmode
+returns.
+If the calling program changes the value of its file creation mask
+after calling
+.Fn setmode ,
+.Fn setmode
+must be called again if
+.Fn getmode
+is to modify future file modes correctly.
+.Pp
+If the mode passed to
+.Fn setmode
+is invalid,
+.Fn setmode
+returns
+.Dv NULL . 
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn setmode
+function
+may fail and set errno for any of the errors specified for the library
+routine
+.Xr malloc 3 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr malloc 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getmode
+and
+.Fn setmode
+functions first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..54705748b54e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sysctl.3	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/9/95
+.\"
+.Dd "May 9, 1995"
+.Dt SYSCTL 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sysctl
+.Nd get or set system information
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/sysctl.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn sysctl "int *name" "u_int namelen" "void *oldp" "size_t *oldlenp" "void *newp" "size_t newlen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm sysctl
+function retrieves system information and allows processes with
+appropriate privileges to set system information.
+The information available from
+.Nm sysctl
+consists of integers, strings, and tables.
+Information may be retrieved and set from the command interface
+using the 
+.Xr sysctl 1
+utility.
+.Pp
+Unless explicitly noted below,
+.Nm sysctl
+returns a consistent snapshot of the data requested.
+Consistency is obtained by locking the destination
+buffer into memory so that the data may be copied out without blocking.
+Calls to
+.Nm sysctl
+are serialized to avoid deadlock.
+.Pp
+The state is described using a ``Management Information Base'' (MIB)
+style name, listed in
+.Fa name ,
+which is a
+.Fa namelen
+length array of integers.
+.Pp
+The information is copied into the buffer specified by
+.Fa oldp .
+The size of the buffer is given by the location specified by
+.Fa oldlenp
+before the call,
+and that location gives the amount of data copied after a successful call.
+If the amount of data available is greater
+than the size of the buffer supplied,
+the call supplies as much data as fits in the buffer provided
+and returns with the error code ENOMEM.
+If the old value is not desired,
+.Fa oldp
+and
+.Fa oldlenp
+should be set to NULL.
+.Pp
+The size of the available data can be determined by calling 
+.Nm sysctl
+with a NULL parameter for
+.Fa oldp .
+The size of the available data will be returned in the location pointed to by
+.Fa oldlenp .
+For some operations, the amount of space may change often.
+For these operations,
+the system attempts to round up so that the returned size is
+large enough for a call to return the data shortly thereafter.
+.Pp
+To set a new value,
+.Fa newp
+is set to point to a buffer of length
+.Fa newlen
+from which the requested value is to be taken.
+If a new value is not to be set,
+.Fa newp
+should be set to NULL and
+.Fa newlen
+set to 0.
+.Pp
+The top level names are defined with a CTL_ prefix in
+.Pa <sys/sysctl.h> ,
+and are as follows.
+The next and subsequent levels down are found in the include files
+listed here, and described in separate sections below.
+.Pp
+.Bl -column CTLXMACHDEPXXX "Next level namesXXXXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Name	Next level names	Description
+.It CTL\_DEBUG	sys/sysctl.h	Debugging
+.It CTL\_VFS	sys/mount.h	Filesystem
+.It CTL\_HW	sys/sysctl.h	Generic CPU, I/O
+.It CTL\_KERN	sys/sysctl.h	High kernel limits
+.It CTL\_MACHDEP	sys/sysctl.h	Machine dependent
+.It CTL\_NET	sys/socket.h	Networking
+.It CTL\_USER	sys/sysctl.h	User-level
+.It CTL\_VM	vm/vm_param.h	Virtual memory
+.El
+.Pp
+For example, the following retrieves the maximum number of processes allowed
+in the system:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+int mib[2], maxproc;
+size_t len;
+.sp
+mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+mib[1] = KERN_MAXPROC;
+len = sizeof(maxproc);
+sysctl(mib, 2, &maxproc, &len, NULL, 0);
+.Ed
+.sp
+To retrieve the standard search path for the system utilities:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+int mib[2];
+size_t len;
+char *p;
+.sp
+mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+mib[1] = USER_CS_PATH;
+sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, &len, NULL, 0);
+p = malloc(len);
+sysctl(mib, 2, p, &len, NULL, 0);
+.Ed
+.Sh CTL_DEBUG
+The debugging variables vary from system to system.
+A debugging variable may be added or deleted without need to recompile
+.Nm sysctl
+to know about it.
+Each time it runs,
+.Nm sysctl
+gets the list of debugging variables from the kernel and
+displays their current values.
+The system defines twenty 
+.Ns ( Va struct ctldebug )
+variables named 
+.Nm debug0
+through
+.Nm debug19 .
+They are declared as separate variables so that they can be
+individually initialized at the location of their associated variable.
+The loader prevents multiple use of the same variable by issuing errors
+if a variable is initialized in more than one place.
+For example, to export the variable
+.Nm dospecialcheck
+as a debugging variable, the following declaration would be used:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+int dospecialcheck = 1;
+struct ctldebug debug5 = { "dospecialcheck", &dospecialcheck };
+.Ed
+.Sh CTL_VFS
+A distinguished second level name, VFS_GENERIC,
+is used to get general information about all filesystems.
+One of its third level identifiers is VFS_MAXTYPENUM
+that gives the highest valid filesystem type number.
+Its other third level identifier is VFS_CONF that
+returns configuration information about the filesystem
+type given as a fourth level identifier (see
+.Xr getvfsbyname 3
+as an example of its use).
+The remaining second level identifiers are the
+filesystem type number returned by a
+.Xr statfs 2
+call or from VFS_CONF.
+The third level identifiers available for each filesystem
+are given in the header file that defines the mount
+argument structure for that filesystem.
+.Sh CTL_HW
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_HW level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" integerXXX -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It HW\_MACHINE	string	no
+.It HW\_MODEL	string	no
+.It HW\_NCPU	integer	no
+.It HW\_BYTEORDER	integer	no
+.It HW\_PHYSMEM	integer	no
+.It HW\_USERMEM	integer	no
+.It HW\_PAGESIZE	integer	no
+.\".It HW\_DISKNAMES	integer	no
+.\".It HW\_DISKSTATS	integer	no
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li HW_MACHINE
+The machine class.
+.It Li HW_MODEL
+The machine model
+.It Li HW_NCPU
+The number of cpus.
+.ne 1i
+.It Li HW_BYTEORDER
+The byteorder (4,321, or 1,234).
+.It Li HW_PHYSMEM
+The bytes of physical memory.
+.It Li HW_USERMEM
+The bytes of non-kernel memory.
+.It Li HW_PAGESIZE
+The software page size.
+.\".It Fa HW_DISKNAMES
+.\".It Fa HW_DISKSTATS
+.El
+.Sh CTL_KERN
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_KERN level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+The types of data currently available are process information,
+system vnodes, the open file entries, routing table entries,
+virtual memory statistics, load average history, and clock rate
+information.
+.Bl -column "KERNXCHOWNXRESTRICTEDXXX" "struct clockrateXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It KERN\_ARGMAX	integer	no
+.It KERN\_BOOTTIME	struct timeval	no
+.It KERN\_CHOWN\_RESTRICTED	integer	no
+.It KERN\_CLOCKRATE	struct clockinfo	no
+.It KERN\_FILE	struct file	no
+.It KERN\_HOSTID	integer	yes
+.It KERN\_HOSTNAME	string	yes
+.It KERN\_JOB\_CONTROL	integer	no
+.It KERN\_LINK\_MAX	integer	no
+.It KERN\_MAXFILES	integer	yes
+.It KERN\_MAXPROC	integer	yes
+.It KERN\_MAXVNODES	integer	yes
+.It KERN\_MAX\_CANON	integer	no
+.It KERN\_MAX\_INPUT	integer	no
+.It KERN\_NAME\_MAX	integer	no
+.It KERN\_NGROUPS	integer	no
+.It KERN\_NO\_TRUNC	integer	no
+.It KERN\_OSRELEASE	string	no
+.It KERN\_OSREV	integer	no
+.It KERN\_OSTYPE	string	no
+.It KERN\_PATH\_MAX	integer	no
+.It KERN\_PIPE\_BUF	integer	no
+.It KERN\_POSIX1	integer	no
+.It KERN\_PROC	struct proc	no
+.It KERN\_PROF	node	not applicable
+.It KERN\_SAVED\_IDS	integer	no
+.It KERN\_SECURELVL	integer	raise only
+.It KERN\_VDISABLE	integer	no
+.It KERN\_VERSION	string	no
+.It KERN\_VNODE	struct vnode	no
+.El
+.ne 1i
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li KERN_ARGMAX
+The maximum bytes of argument to
+.Xr exec 2 .
+.It Li KERN_BOOTTIME
+A
+.Va struct timeval
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains the time that the system was booted.
+.It Li KERN_CHOWN_RESTRICTED
+Return 1 if appropriate privileges are required for the
+.Xr chown 2
+system call, otherwise 0.
+.It Li KERN_CLOCKRATE
+A
+.Va struct clockinfo
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains the clock, statistics clock and profiling clock
+frequencies, and the number of micro-seconds per hz tick.
+.It Li KERN_FILE
+Return the entire file table.
+The returned data consists of a single
+.Va struct filehead
+followed by an array of
+.Va struct file ,
+whose size depends on the current number of such objects in the system.
+.It Li KERN_HOSTID
+Get or set the host id.
+.It Li KERN_HOSTNAME
+Get or set the hostname.
+.It Li KERN_JOB_CONTROL
+Return 1 if job control is available on this system, otherwise 0.
+.It Li KERN_LINK_MAX
+The maximum file link count.
+.It Li KERN_MAXFILES
+The maximum number of open files that may be open in the system.
+.It Li KERN_MAXPROC
+The maximum number of simultaneous processes the system will allow.
+.It Li KERN_MAXVNODES
+The maximum number of vnodes available on the system.
+.It Li KERN_MAX_CANON
+The maximum number of bytes in terminal canonical input line.
+.It Li KERN_MAX_INPUT
+The minimum maximum number of bytes for which space is available in
+a terminal input queue.
+.It Li KERN_NAME_MAX
+The maximum number of bytes in a file name.
+.It Li KERN_NGROUPS
+The maximum number of supplemental groups.
+.It Li KERN_NO_TRUNC
+Return 1 if file names longer than KERN_NAME_MAX are truncated.
+.It Li KERN_OSRELEASE
+The system release string.
+.It Li KERN_OSREV
+The system revision string.
+.It Li KERN_OSTYPE
+The system type string.
+.It Li KERN_PATH_MAX
+The maximum number of bytes in a pathname.
+.It Li KERN_PIPE_BUF
+The maximum number of bytes which will be written atomically to a pipe.
+.It Li KERN_POSIX1
+The version of ISO/IEC 9945 (POSIX 1003.1) with which the system
+attempts to comply.
+.It Li KERN_PROC
+Return the entire process table, or a subset of it.
+An array of
+.Va struct kinfo_proc
+structures is returned,
+whose size depends on the current number of such objects in the system.
+The third and fourth level names are as follows:
+.Bl -column "Third level nameXXXXXX" "Fourth level is:XXXXXX" -offset indent
+.It Pa Third level name	Fourth level is:
+.It KERN\_PROC\_ALL	None
+.It KERN\_PROC\_PID	A process ID
+.It KERN\_PROC\_PGRP	A process group
+.It KERN\_PROC\_TTY	A tty device
+.It KERN\_PROC\_UID	A user ID
+.It KERN\_PROC\_RUID	A real user ID
+.El
+.It Li KERN_PROF
+Return profiling information about the kernel.
+If the kernel is not compiled for profiling,
+attempts to retrieve any of the KERN_PROF values will
+fail with EOPNOTSUPP.
+The third level names for the string and integer profiling information 
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "GPROFXGMONPARAMXXX" "struct gmonparamXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Third level name	Type	Changeable
+.It GPROF\_STATE	integer	yes
+.It GPROF\_COUNT	u_short[\|]	yes
+.It GPROF\_FROMS	u_short[\|]	yes
+.It GPROF\_TOS	struct tostruct	yes
+.It GPROF\_GMONPARAM	struct gmonparam	no
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li GPROF_STATE
+Returns GMON_PROF_ON or GMON_PROF_OFF to show that profiling
+is running or stopped.
+.It Li GPROF_COUNT
+Array of statistical program counter counts.
+.It Li GPROF_FROMS
+Array indexed by program counter of call-from points.
+.It Li GPROF_TOS
+Array of
+.Va struct tostruct
+describing destination of calls and their counts.
+.It Li GPROF_GMONPARAM
+Structure giving the sizes of the above arrays.
+.El
+.ne 1i
+.It Li KERN_SAVED_IDS
+Returns 1 if saved set-group and saved set-user ID is available.
+.It Li KERN_SECURELVL
+The system security level.
+This level may be raised by processes with appropriate privilege.
+It may only be lowered by process 1.
+.It Li KERN_VDISABLE
+Returns the terminal character disabling value.
+.It Li KERN_VERSION
+The system version string.
+.It Li KERN_VNODE
+Return the entire vnode table.
+Note, the vnode table is not necessarily a consistent snapshot of
+the system.
+The returned data consists of an array whose size depends on the
+current number of such objects in the system.
+Each element of the array contains the kernel address of a vnode
+.Va struct vnode *
+followed by the vnode itself
+.Va struct vnode .
+.El
+.Sh CTL_MACHDEP
+The set of variables defined is architecture dependent.
+Most architectures define at least the following variables.
+.Bl -column "CONSOLE_DEVICEXXX" "integerXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It Li CPU_CONSDEV	dev_t	no
+.El
+.Sh CTL_NET
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_NET level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" "routing messagesXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It PF\_ROUTE	routing messages	no
+.It PF\_INET	internet values	yes
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li PF_ROUTE
+Return the entire routing table or a subset of it.
+The data is returned as a sequence of routing messages (see
+.Xr route 4
+for the header file, format and meaning).
+The length of each message is contained in the message header.
+.Pp
+The third level name is a protocol number, which is currently always 0.
+The fourth level name is an address family, which may be set to 0 to
+select all address families.
+The fifth and sixth level names are as follows:
+.Bl -column "Fifth level nameXXXXXX" "Sixth level is:XXX" -offset indent
+.It Pa Fifth level name	Sixth level is:
+.It NET\_RT\_FLAGS	rtflags
+.It NET\_RT\_DUMP	None
+.It NET\_RT\_IFLIST	None
+.El
+.It Li PF_INET
+Get or set various global information about the internet protocols.
+The third level name is the protocol.
+The fourth level name is the variable name.
+The currently defined protocols and names are:
+.ne 1i
+.Bl -column "Protocol nameXXXXXX" "Variable nameXXX" "integerXXX" -offset indent
+.It Pa Protocol name	Variable name	Type	Changeable
+.It ip	forwarding	integer	yes
+.It ip	redirect	integer	yes
+.It ip	ttl	integer	yes
+.It icmp	maskrepl	integer	yes
+.It udp	checksum	integer	yes
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li ip.forwarding
+Returns 1 when IP forwarding is enabled for the host,
+meaning that the host is acting as a router.
+.It Li ip.redirect
+Returns 1 when ICMP redirects may be sent by the host.
+This option is ignored unless the host is routing IP packets,
+and should normally be enabled on all systems.
+.It Li ip.ttl
+The maximum time-to-live (hop count) value for an IP packet sourced by
+the system.
+This value applies to normal transport protocols, not to ICMP.
+.It Li icmp.maskrepl
+Returns 1 if ICMP network mask requests are to be answered.
+.It Li udp.checksum
+Returns 1 when UDP checksums are being computed and checked.
+Disabling UDP checksums is strongly discouraged.
+.El
+.Sh CTL_USER
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_USER level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAXXXX" "integerXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It USER\_BC\_BASE\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_BC\_DIM\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_BC\_SCALE\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_BC\_STRING\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_COLL\_WEIGHTS\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_CS\_PATH	string	no
+.It USER\_EXPR\_NEST\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_LINE\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_CHAR\_TERM	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_C\_BIND	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_C\_DEV	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_FORT\_DEV	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_FORT\_RUN	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_LOCALEDEF	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_SW\_DEV	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_UPE	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_VERSION	integer	no
+.It USER\_RE\_DUP\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_STREAM\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_TZNAME\_MAX	integer	no
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.Pp
+.It Li USER_BC_BASE_MAX
+The maximum ibase/obase values in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_BC_DIM_MAX
+The maximum array size in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_BC_SCALE_MAX
+The maximum scale value in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_BC_STRING_MAX
+The maximum string length in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX
+The maximum number of weights that can be assigned to any entry of
+the LC_COLLATE order keyword in the locale definition file.
+.It Li USER_CS_PATH
+Return a value for the
+.Ev PATH
+environment variable that finds all the standard utilities.
+.It Li USER_EXPR_NEST_MAX
+The maximum number of expressions that can be nested within
+parenthesis by the
+.Xr expr 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_LINE_MAX
+The maximum length in bytes of a text-processing utility's input
+line.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_CHAR_TERM
+Return 1 if the system supports at least one terminal type capable of
+all operations described in POSIX 1003.2, otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_C_BIND
+Return 1 if the system's C-language development facilities support the
+C-Language Bindings Option, otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_C_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the C-Language Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_FORT_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_FORT_RUN
+Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Runtime Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_LOCALEDEF
+Return 1 if the system supports the creation of locales, otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_SW_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the Software Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_UPE
+Return 1 if the system supports the User Portability Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_VERSION
+The version of POSIX 1003.2 with which the system attempts to comply.
+.It Li USER_RE_DUP_MAX
+The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression
+permitted when using interval notation.
+.ne 1i
+.It Li USER_STREAM_MAX
+The minimum maximum number of streams that a process may have open
+at any one time.
+.It Li USER_TZNAME_MAX
+The minimum maximum number of types supported for the name of a
+timezone.
+.El
+.Sh CTL_VM
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_VM level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" "struct loadavgXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It VM\_LOADAVG	struct loadavg	no
+.It VM\_METER	struct vmtotal	no
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li VM_LOADAVG
+Return the load average history.
+The returned data consists of a
+.Va struct loadavg .
+.It Li VM_METER
+Return the system wide virtual memory statistics.
+The returned data consists of a
+.Va struct vmtotal .
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call to
+.Nm sysctl
+is successful, the number of bytes copied out is returned.
+Otherwise \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set appropriately.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following errors may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The buffer
+.Fa name ,
+.Fa oldp ,
+.Fa newp ,
+or length pointer
+.Fa oldlenp
+contains an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa name
+array is less than two or greater than CTL_MAXNAME.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A non-null
+.Fa newp
+is given and its specified length in
+.Fa newlen
+is too large or too small.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The length pointed to by
+.Fa oldlenp
+is too short to hold the requested value.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa name
+array specifies an intermediate rather than terminal name.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The
+.Fa name
+array specifies a value that is unknown.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+An attempt is made to set a read-only value.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+A process without appropriate privilege attempts to set a value.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width <netinet/icmpXvar.h> -compact
+.It Pa <sys/sysctl.h>
+definitions for top level identifiers, second level kernel and hardware
+identifiers, and user level identifiers
+.It Pa <sys/socket.h>
+definitions for second level network identifiers
+.It Pa <sys/gmon.h>
+definitions for third level profiling identifiers
+.It Pa <vm/vm_param.h>
+definitions for second level virtual memory identifiers
+.It Pa <netinet/in.h>
+definitions for third level Internet identifiers and
+fourth level IP identifiers
+.It Pa <netinet/icmp_var.h>
+definitions for fourth level ICMP identifiers
+.It Pa <netinet/udp_var.h>
+definitions for fourth level UDP identifiers
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm sysctl
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c18c776a66b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)syslog.c	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/29/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/syslog.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+static int	LogFile = -1;		/* fd for log */
+static int	connected;		/* have done connect */
+static int	LogStat = 0;		/* status bits, set by openlog() */
+static const char *LogTag = NULL;	/* string to tag the entry with */
+static int	LogFacility = LOG_USER;	/* default facility code */
+static int	LogMask = 0xff;		/* mask of priorities to be logged */
+extern char	*__progname;		/* Program name, from crt0. */
+
+/*
+ * syslog, vsyslog --
+ *	print message on log file; output is intended for syslogd(8).
+ */
+void
+#if __STDC__
+syslog(int pri, const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+syslog(pri, fmt, va_alist)
+	int pri;
+	char *fmt;
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+#else
+	va_start(ap);
+#endif
+	vsyslog(pri, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+void
+vsyslog(pri, fmt, ap)
+	int pri;
+	register const char *fmt;
+	va_list ap;
+{
+	register int cnt;
+	register char ch, *p, *t;
+	time_t now;
+	int fd, saved_errno;
+	char *stdp, tbuf[2048], fmt_cpy[1024];
+
+#define	INTERNALLOG	LOG_ERR|LOG_CONS|LOG_PERROR|LOG_PID
+	/* Check for invalid bits. */
+	if (pri & ~(LOG_PRIMASK|LOG_FACMASK)) {
+		syslog(INTERNALLOG,
+		    "syslog: unknown facility/priority: %x", pri);
+		pri &= LOG_PRIMASK|LOG_FACMASK;
+	}
+
+	/* Check priority against setlogmask values. */
+	if (!(LOG_MASK(LOG_PRI(pri)) & LogMask))
+		return;
+
+	saved_errno = errno;
+
+	/* Set default facility if none specified. */
+	if ((pri & LOG_FACMASK) == 0)
+		pri |= LogFacility;
+
+	/* Build the message. */
+	(void)time(&now);
+	p = tbuf + sprintf(tbuf, "<%d>", pri);
+	p += strftime(p, sizeof (tbuf) - (p - tbuf), "%h %e %T ",
+	    localtime(&now));
+	if (LogStat & LOG_PERROR)
+		stdp = p;
+	if (LogTag == NULL)
+		LogTag = __progname;
+	if (LogTag != NULL)
+		p += sprintf(p, "%s", LogTag);
+	if (LogStat & LOG_PID)
+		p += sprintf(p, "[%d]", getpid());
+	if (LogTag != NULL) {
+		*p++ = ':';
+		*p++ = ' ';
+	}
+
+	/* Substitute error message for %m. */
+	for (t = fmt_cpy; ch = *fmt; ++fmt)
+		if (ch == '%' && fmt[1] == 'm') {
+			++fmt;
+			t += sprintf(t, "%s", strerror(saved_errno));
+		} else
+			*t++ = ch;
+	*t = '\0';
+
+	p += vsprintf(p, fmt_cpy, ap);
+	cnt = p - tbuf;
+
+	/* Output to stderr if requested. */
+	if (LogStat & LOG_PERROR) {
+		struct iovec iov[2];
+		register struct iovec *v = iov;
+
+		v->iov_base = stdp;
+		v->iov_len = cnt - (stdp - tbuf);
+		++v;
+		v->iov_base = "\n";
+		v->iov_len = 1;
+		(void)writev(STDERR_FILENO, iov, 2);
+	}
+
+	/* Get connected, output the message to the local logger. */
+	if (!connected)
+		openlog(LogTag, LogStat | LOG_NDELAY, 0);
+	if (send(LogFile, tbuf, cnt, 0) >= 0)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * Output the message to the console; don't worry about blocking,
+	 * if console blocks everything will.  Make sure the error reported
+	 * is the one from the syslogd failure.
+	 */
+	if (LogStat & LOG_CONS &&
+	    (fd = open(_PATH_CONSOLE, O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0) {
+		(void)strcat(tbuf, "\r\n");
+		cnt += 2;
+		p = index(tbuf, '>') + 1;
+		(void)write(fd, p, cnt - (p - tbuf));
+		(void)close(fd);
+	}
+}
+
+static struct sockaddr SyslogAddr;	/* AF_UNIX address of local logger */
+
+void
+openlog(ident, logstat, logfac)
+	const char *ident;
+	int logstat, logfac;
+{
+	if (ident != NULL)
+		LogTag = ident;
+	LogStat = logstat;
+	if (logfac != 0 && (logfac &~ LOG_FACMASK) == 0)
+		LogFacility = logfac;
+
+	if (LogFile == -1) {
+		SyslogAddr.sa_family = AF_UNIX;
+		(void)strncpy(SyslogAddr.sa_data, _PATH_LOG,
+		    sizeof(SyslogAddr.sa_data));
+		if (LogStat & LOG_NDELAY) {
+			if ((LogFile = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_DGRAM, 0)) == -1)
+				return;
+			(void)fcntl(LogFile, F_SETFD, 1);
+		}
+	}
+	if (LogFile != -1 && !connected)
+		if (connect(LogFile, &SyslogAddr, sizeof(SyslogAddr)) == -1) {
+			(void)close(LogFile);
+			LogFile = -1;
+		} else
+			connected = 1;
+}
+
+void
+closelog()
+{
+	(void)close(LogFile);
+	LogFile = -1;
+	connected = 0;
+}
+
+/* setlogmask -- set the log mask level */
+int
+setlogmask(pmask)
+	int pmask;
+{
+	int omask;
+
+	omask = LogMask;
+	if (pmask != 0)
+		LogMask = pmask;
+	return (omask);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/gen/_setjmp.S b/lib/libc/i386/gen/_setjmp.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..47e319a4abda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/gen/_setjmp.S
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)_setjmp.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * C library -- _setjmp, _longjmp
+ *
+ *	_longjmp(a,v)
+ * will generate a "return(v)" from the last call to
+ *	_setjmp(a)
+ * by restoring registers from the stack.
+ * The previous signal state is NOT restored.
+ */
+
+#include "DEFS.h"
+
+ENTRY(_setjmp)
+	movl	4(%esp),%eax
+	movl	0(%esp),%edx
+	movl	%edx, 0(%eax)		/* rta */
+	movl	%ebx, 4(%eax)
+	movl	%esp, 8(%eax)
+	movl	%ebp,12(%eax)
+	movl	%esi,16(%eax)
+	movl	%edi,20(%eax)
+	movl	$0,%eax
+	ret
+
+ENTRY(_longjmp)
+	movl	4(%esp),%edx
+	movl	8(%esp),%eax
+	movl	0(%edx),%ecx
+	movl	4(%edx),%ebx
+	movl	8(%edx),%esp
+	movl	12(%edx),%ebp
+	movl	16(%edx),%esi
+	movl	20(%edx),%edi
+	cmpl	$0,%eax
+	jne	1f
+	movl	$1,%eax
+1:	movl	%ecx,0(%esp)
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/gen/alloca.S b/lib/libc/i386/gen/alloca.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a2d6a41f3af9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/gen/alloca.S
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)alloca.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/* like alloc, but automatic automatic free in return */
+
+#include "DEFS.h"
+
+ENTRY(alloca)
+	popl	%edx		/*  pop return addr */
+	popl	%eax		/*  pop amount to allocate */
+	movl	%esp,%ecx
+	addl	$3,%eax		/*  round up to next word */
+	andl	$0xfffffffc,%eax
+	subl	%eax,%esp
+	movl	%esp,%eax	/* base of newly allocated space */
+	pushl	8(%ecx)		/* copy possible saved registers */
+	pushl	4(%ecx)
+	pushl	0(%ecx)
+	pushl	%eax		/* dummy to pop at callsite */
+	jmp	%edx		/* "return" */
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/gen/fabs.S b/lib/libc/i386/gen/fabs.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..40e72c80ef74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/gen/fabs.S
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)fabs.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "DEFS.h"
+
+ENTRY(fabs)
+	fldl	4(%esp)
+	fabs
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/gen/modf.S b/lib/libc/i386/gen/modf.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2551237df3e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/gen/modf.S
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Sean Eric Fagan.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)modf.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * modf(value, iptr): return fractional part of value, and stores the
+ * integral part into iptr (a pointer to double).
+ *
+ * Written by Sean Eric Fagan (sef@kithrup.COM)
+ * Sun Mar 11 20:27:30 PST 1990
+ */
+
+/* With CHOP mode on, frndint behaves as TRUNC does.  Useful. */
+.text
+.globl _modf
+_modf:
+	pushl %ebp
+	movl %esp,%ebp
+	subl $16,%esp
+	fnstcw -12(%ebp)
+	movw -12(%ebp),%dx
+	orw $3072,%dx
+	movw %dx,-16(%ebp)
+	fldcw -16(%ebp)
+	fldl 8(%ebp)
+	frndint
+	fstpl -8(%ebp)
+	fldcw -12(%ebp)
+	movl 16(%ebp),%eax
+	movl -8(%ebp),%edx
+	movl -4(%ebp),%ecx
+	movl %edx,(%eax)
+	movl %ecx,4(%eax)
+	fldl 8(%ebp)
+	fsubl -8(%ebp)
+	jmp L1
+L1:
+	leave
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/gen/setjmp.S b/lib/libc/i386/gen/setjmp.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b24da115efe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/gen/setjmp.S
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)setjmp.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * C library -- _setjmp, _longjmp
+ *
+ *	longjmp(a,v)
+ * will generate a "return(v)" from the last call to
+ *	setjmp(a)
+ * by restoring registers from the stack.
+ * The previous signal state is restored.
+ */
+
+#include "DEFS.h"
+
+ENTRY(setjmp)
+	pushl	$0
+	call	_sigblock
+	popl	%edx
+	movl	4(%esp),%ecx 
+	movl	0(%esp),%edx
+	movl	%edx, 0(%ecx)
+	movl	%ebx, 4(%ecx)
+	movl	%esp, 8(%ecx)
+	movl	%ebp,12(%ecx)
+	movl	%esi,16(%ecx)
+	movl	%edi,20(%ecx)
+	movl	%eax,24(%ecx)
+	movl	$0,%eax
+	ret
+
+ENTRY(longjmp)
+	movl	4(%esp),%edx
+	pushl	24(%edx)
+	call	_sigsetmask
+	popl	%eax
+	movl	4(%esp),%edx
+	movl	8(%esp),%eax
+	movl	0(%edx),%ecx
+	movl	4(%edx),%ebx
+	movl	8(%edx),%esp
+	movl	12(%edx),%ebp
+	movl	16(%edx),%esi
+	movl	20(%edx),%edi
+	cmpl	$0,%eax
+	jne	1f
+	movl	$1,%eax
+1:	movl	%ecx,0(%esp)
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/stdlib/abs.S b/lib/libc/i386/stdlib/abs.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..755ea5693ae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/stdlib/abs.S
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)abs.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "DEFS.h"
+
+ENTRY(abs)
+	movl	4(%esp),%eax
+	cmpl	$0,%eax
+	jge	1f
+	negl	%eax
+1:	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/string/bzero.S b/lib/libc/i386/string/bzero.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..79a5a694f93c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/string/bzero.S
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)bzero.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/* bzero (base,cnt) */
+
+	.globl _bzero
+_bzero:
+	pushl	%edi
+	movl	8(%esp),%edi
+	movl	12(%esp),%ecx
+	movb	$0x00,%al
+	cld
+	rep
+	stosb
+	popl	%edi
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/Ovfork.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/Ovfork.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c7e6b8a9e7b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/Ovfork.S
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)Ovfork.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+/*
+ * pid = vfork();
+ *
+ * %edx == 0 in parent process, %edx == 1 in child process.
+ * %eax == pid of child in parent, %eax == pid of parent in child.
+ *
+ */
+	.set	vfork,66
+.globl	_vfork
+
+_vfork:
+	popl	%ecx		/* my rta into ecx */
+	movl	$vfork, %eax
+	LCALL(7,0)
+	jb	verror
+vforkok:
+	cmpl	$0,%edx		/* child process? */
+	jne	child		/* yes */
+	jmp 	parent 
+.globl	_errno
+verror:
+	movl	%eax,_errno
+	movl	$-1,%eax
+	jmp	%ecx
+child:
+	movl	$0,%eax
+parent:
+	jmp	%ecx
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/brk.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/brk.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f85186cf265d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/brk.S
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)brk.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+#define	SYS_brk		17
+
+	.globl	curbrk
+	.globl	minbrk
+ENTRY(_brk)
+	jmp	ok
+
+ENTRY(brk)
+	movl	4(%esp),%eax
+	cmpl	%eax,minbrk
+	jl	ok
+	movl	minbrk,%eax
+	movl	%eax,4(%esp)
+ok:
+	lea	SYS_brk,%eax
+	LCALL(7,0)
+	jb	err
+	movl	4(%esp),%eax
+	movl	%eax,curbrk
+	movl	$0,%eax
+	ret
+err:
+	jmp	cerror
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/cerror.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/cerror.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cc2d82fc7717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/cerror.S
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)cerror.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+	.globl	_errno
+cerror:
+	movl	%eax,_errno
+	movl	$-1,%eax
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/exect.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/exect.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6b42cf84e500
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/exect.S
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)exect.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+#include <machine/psl.h>
+
+ENTRY(exect)
+	lea	SYS_execve,%eax
+	pushf
+	popl	%edx
+	orl	$ PSL_T,%edx
+	pushl	%edx
+	popf
+	LCALL(7,0)
+	jmp	cerror		/* exect(file, argv, env); */
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/fork.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/fork.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ff4d94879417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/fork.S
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)fork.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+SYSCALL(fork)
+	cmpl	$0,%edx	/* parent, since %edx == 0 in parent, 1 in child */
+	je	1f
+	movl	$0,%eax
+1:
+	ret		/* pid = fork(); */
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/mount.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/mount.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ac418f756f58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/mount.S
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)mount.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+SYSCALL(mount)
+	movl	$0,%eax
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/pipe.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/pipe.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6469397053d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/pipe.S
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)pipe.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+SYSCALL(pipe)
+	movl	4(%esp),%ecx
+	movl	%eax,(%ecx)
+	movl	%edx,4(%ecx)
+	movl	$0,%eax
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/ptrace.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/ptrace.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..98994eabdef9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/ptrace.S
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)ptrace.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+ENTRY(ptrace)
+	xorl	%eax,%eax
+	movl	%eax,_errno
+	lea	SYS_ptrace,%eax
+	LCALL(7,0)
+	jb	err
+	ret
+err:
+	jmp	cerror
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/reboot.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/reboot.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..020bea067b52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/reboot.S
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)reboot.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+SYSCALL(reboot)
+	iret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/sbrk.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sbrk.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7fecd93535a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sbrk.S
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)sbrk.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+#define	SYS_brk		17
+
+	.globl	_end
+	.globl	minbrk
+	.globl	curbrk
+
+	.data
+minbrk:	.long	_end
+curbrk:	.long	_end
+	.text
+
+ENTRY(sbrk)
+	movl	4(%esp),%ecx
+	movl	curbrk,%eax
+	addl	%eax,4(%esp)
+	lea	SYS_brk,%eax
+	LCALL(7,0)
+	jb	err
+	movl	curbrk,%eax
+	addl	%ecx,curbrk
+	ret
+err:
+	jmp	cerror
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/setlogin.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/setlogin.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..43d31d7b919c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/setlogin.S
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)setlogin.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+.globl	__logname_valid		/* in getlogin() */
+
+SYSCALL(setlogin)
+	movl	$0,__logname_valid
+	ret				/* setlogin(name) */
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigpending.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigpending.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..63b06a2d935a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigpending.S
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)sigpending.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+SYSCALL(sigpending)
+	movl	4(%esp),%ecx		# fetch pointer to...
+	movl	%eax,(%ecx)		# store old mask
+	xorl	%eax,%eax
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigprocmask.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigprocmask.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ef91e80611ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigprocmask.S
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)sigprocmask.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+err:
+	jmp	cerror
+
+ENTRY(sigprocmask)
+	movl	8(%esp),%ecx		# fetch new sigset pointer
+	cmpl	$0,%ecx			# check new sigset pointer
+	jne	1f			# if not null, indirect
+/*	movl	$0,8(%esp)		# null mask pointer: block empty set */
+	movl	$1,4(%esp)		# SIG_BLOCK
+	jmp	2f
+1:	movl	(%ecx),%ecx		# fetch indirect  ...
+	movl	%ecx,8(%esp)		# to new mask arg
+2:	movl	$ SYS_sigprocmask , %eax
+	LCALL(0x7,0)
+	jb	err
+	movl	12(%esp),%ecx		# fetch old mask requested
+	cmpl	$0,%ecx			# test if old mask requested
+	je	out
+	movl	%eax,(%ecx)		# store old mask
+out:
+	xorl	%eax,%eax
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigreturn.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigreturn.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1bd6a3b876c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigreturn.S
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)sigreturn.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+/*
+ * We must preserve the state of the registers as the user has set them up.
+ */
+#ifdef PROF
+#undef ENTRY
+#define	ENTRY(x) \
+	.globl _/**/x; .align 2; _/**/x:  pusha ; \
+	.data; 1:; .long 0; .text; movl $1b,%eax; call mcount; popa ; nop
+#endif /* PROF */
+
+SYSCALL(sigreturn)
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigsuspend.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigsuspend.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..afbc1ba96a9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/sigsuspend.S
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)sigsuspend.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+err:
+	jmp	cerror
+
+ENTRY(sigsuspend)
+	movl	4(%esp),%eax		# fetch mask arg
+	movl	(%eax),%eax		# indirect to mask arg
+	movl	%eax,4(%esp)
+	movl	$ SYS_sigsuspend ,%eax
+	LCALL(0x7,0)
+	jb	err
+	xorl	%eax,%eax		# shouldn t happen
+	ret
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/syscall.S b/lib/libc/i386/sys/syscall.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..189f4dd7b641
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/syscall.S
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * William Jolitz.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(SYSLIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+	.asciz "@(#)syscall.s	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93"
+#endif /* SYSLIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "SYS.h"
+
+ENTRY(syscall)
+	pop	%ecx	/* rta */
+	pop	%eax	/* syscall number */
+	push	%ecx
+	LCALL(7,0)
+	jb	1f
+	ret
+1:
+	jmp	cerror
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/ftell.c b/lib/libc/stdio/ftell.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e7a592338f56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/ftell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Torek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ftell.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/4/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include "local.h"
+
+/*
+ * ftell: return current offset.
+ */
+long
+ftell(fp)
+	register FILE *fp;
+{
+	register fpos_t pos;
+
+	if (fp->_seek == NULL) {
+		errno = ESPIPE;			/* historic practice */
+		return (-1L);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Find offset of underlying I/O object, then
+	 * adjust for buffered bytes.
+	 */
+	if (fp->_flags & __SOFF)
+		pos = fp->_offset;
+	else {
+		pos = (*fp->_seek)(fp->_cookie, (fpos_t)0, SEEK_CUR);
+		if (pos == -1L)
+			return (pos);
+	}
+	if (fp->_flags & __SRD) {
+		/*
+		 * Reading.  Any unread characters (including
+		 * those from ungetc) cause the position to be
+		 * smaller than that in the underlying object.
+		 */
+		pos -= fp->_r;
+		if (HASUB(fp))
+			pos -= fp->_ur;
+	} else if (fp->_flags & __SWR && fp->_p != NULL) {
+		/*
+		 * Writing.  Any buffered characters cause the
+		 * position to be greater than that in the
+		 * underlying object.
+		 */
+		pos += fp->_p - fp->_bf._base;
+	}
+	return (pos);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/local.h b/lib/libc/stdio/local.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cbc07a9d727b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/local.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Torek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)local.h	8.3 (Berkeley) 7/3/94
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Information local to this implementation of stdio,
+ * in particular, macros and private variables.
+ */
+
+extern int	__sflush __P((FILE *));
+extern FILE	*__sfp __P((void));
+extern int	__srefill __P((FILE *));
+extern int	__sread __P((void *, char *, int));
+extern int	__swrite __P((void *, char const *, int));
+extern fpos_t	__sseek __P((void *, fpos_t, int));
+extern int	__sclose __P((void *));
+extern void	__sinit __P((void));
+extern void	_cleanup __P((void));
+extern void	(*__cleanup) __P((void));
+extern void	__smakebuf __P((FILE *));
+extern int	__swhatbuf __P((FILE *, size_t *, int *));
+extern int	_fwalk __P((int (*)(FILE *)));
+extern int	__swsetup __P((FILE *));
+extern int	__sflags __P((const char *, int *));
+
+extern int	__sdidinit;
+
+/*
+ * Return true iff the given FILE cannot be written now.
+ */
+#define	cantwrite(fp) \
+	((((fp)->_flags & __SWR) == 0 || (fp)->_bf._base == NULL) && \
+	 __swsetup(fp))
+
+/*
+ * Test whether the given stdio file has an active ungetc buffer;
+ * release such a buffer, without restoring ordinary unread data.
+ */
+#define	HASUB(fp) ((fp)->_ub._base != NULL)
+#define	FREEUB(fp) { \
+	if ((fp)->_ub._base != (fp)->_ubuf) \
+		free((char *)(fp)->_ub._base); \
+	(fp)->_ub._base = NULL; \
+}
+
+/*
+ * test for an fgetln() buffer.
+ */
+#define	HASLB(fp) ((fp)->_lb._base != NULL)
+#define	FREELB(fp) { \
+	free((char *)(fp)->_lb._base); \
+	(fp)->_lb._base = NULL; \
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9982037064b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/Makefile.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile.inc	8.3 (Berkeley) 2/4/95
+
+# machine-independent stdlib sources
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/stdlib ${.CURDIR}/stdlib
+
+SRCS+=	abort.c atexit.c atof.c atoi.c atol.c bsearch.c calloc.c div.c \
+	exit.c getenv.c getopt.c getsubopt.c heapsort.c labs.c ldiv.c \
+	malloc.c merge.c putenv.c qsort.c radixsort.c rand.c random.c \
+	setenv.c strtod.c strtol.c strtoq.c strtoul.c \
+	strtouq.c system.c
+
+# machine-dependent stdlib sources
+.include "${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/stdlib/Makefile.inc"
+
+MAN3+=	abort.0 abs.0 alloca.0 atexit.0 atof.0 atoi.0 atol.0 bsearch.0 \
+	calloc.0 div.0 exit.0 free.0 getenv.0 getopt.0 getsubopt.0 labs.0 \
+	ldiv.0 malloc.0 memory.0 qsort.0 radixsort.0 rand.0 random.0 \
+	realloc.0 strtol.0 strtoul.0 system.0
+
+MLINKS+=getenv.3 setenv.3 getenv.3 unsetenv.3 getenv.3 putenv.3
+MLINKS+=qsort.3 heapsort.3 qsort.3 mergesort.3
+MLINKS+=rand.3 srand.3
+MLINKS+=random.3 initstate.3 random.3 setstate.3 random.3 srandom.3
+MLINKS+=strtol.3 strtoq.3
+MLINKS+=strtoul.3 strtouq.3
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c b/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bbf374e18db4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Chris Torek.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)atexit.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 7/3/94";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "atexit.h"
+
+struct atexit *__atexit;	/* points to head of LIFO stack */
+
+/*
+ * Register a function to be performed at exit.
+ */
+int
+atexit(fn)
+	void (*fn)();
+{
+	static struct atexit __atexit0;	/* one guaranteed table */
+	register struct atexit *p;
+
+	if ((p = __atexit) == NULL)
+		__atexit = p = &__atexit0;
+	else if (p->ind >= ATEXIT_SIZE) {
+		if ((p = malloc(sizeof(*p))) == NULL)
+			return (-1);
+		p->ind = 0;
+		p->next = __atexit;
+		__atexit = p;
+	}
+	p->fns[p->ind++] = fn;
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h b/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..819151e2b952
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/atexit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)atexit.h	8.2 (Berkeley) 7/3/94
+ */
+
+/* must be at least 32 to guarantee ANSI conformance */
+#define	ATEXIT_SIZE	32
+
+struct atexit {
+	struct atexit *next;		/* next in list */
+	int ind;			/* next index in this table */
+	void (*fns[ATEXIT_SIZE])();	/* the table itself */
+};
+
+extern struct atexit *__atexit;	/* points to head of LIFO stack */
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..39cc5de17187
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getopt.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/27/95
+.\"
+.Dd April 27, 1995
+.Dt GETOPT 3
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getopt
+.Nd get option character from command line argument list
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Vt extern char *optarg;
+.Vt extern int   optind;
+.Vt extern int   optopt;
+.Vt extern int   opterr;
+.Vt extern int   optreset;
+.Ft int
+.Fn getopt "int argc" "char * const *argv" "const char *optstring"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function incrementally parses a command line argument list
+.Fa argv
+and returns the next
+.Em known
+option character.
+An option character is
+.Em known
+if it has been specified in the string of accepted option characters,
+.Fa optstring .
+.Pp
+The option string
+.Fa optstring
+may contain the following elements: individual characters, and
+characters followed by a colon to indicate an option argument
+is to follow.
+For example, an option string
+.Li "\&""x""
+recognizes an option
+.Dq Fl x ,
+and an option string
+.Li "\&""x:""
+recognizes an option and argument
+.Dq Fl x Ar argument .
+It does not matter to
+.Fn getopt
+if a following argument has leading white space.
+.Pp
+On return from
+.Fn getopt ,
+.Va optarg
+points to an option argument, if it is anticipated,
+and the variable
+.Va optind
+contains the index to the next
+.Fa argv
+argument for a subsequent call
+to
+.Fn getopt .
+The variable
+.Va optopt
+saves the last
+.Em known
+option character returned by
+.Fn getopt .
+.Pp
+The variable
+.Va opterr
+and
+.Va optind
+are both initialized to 1.
+The
+.Va optind
+variable may be set to another value before a set of calls to
+.Fn getopt
+in order to skip over more or less argv entries.
+.Pp
+In order to use
+.Fn getopt
+to evaluate multiple sets of arguments, or to evaluate a single set of
+arguments multiple times,
+the variable
+.Va optreset
+must be set to 1 before the second and each additional set of calls to
+.Fn getopt ,
+and the variable
+.Va optind
+must be reinitialized.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function
+returns \-1
+when the argument list is exhausted, or a non-recognized
+option is encountered.
+The interpretation of options in the argument list may be cancelled
+by the option
+.Ql --
+(double dash) which causes
+.Fn getopt
+to signal the end of argument processing and returns \-1.
+When all options have been processed (i.e., up to the first non-option
+argument),
+.Fn getopt
+returns \-1.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+If the
+.Fn getopt
+function encounters a character not found in the string
+.Va optarg
+or detects
+a missing option argument it writes an error message and returns
+.Ql ?
+to the
+.Em stderr .
+Setting
+.Va opterr
+to a zero will disable these error messages.
+If
+.Va optstring 
+has a leading 
+.Ql \&:
+then a missing option argument causes a
+.Ql \&:
+to be returned in addition to suppressing any error messages.
+.Pp
+Option arguments are allowed to begin with
+.Dq Li \- ;
+this is reasonable but
+reduces the amount of error checking possible.
+.Sh EXTENSIONS
+The
+.Va optreset
+variable was added to make it possible to call the
+.Fn getopt
+function multiple times.
+This is an extension to the
+.St -p1003.2
+specification.
+.Sh EXAMPLE
+.Bd -literal -compact
+extern char *optarg;
+extern int optind;
+int bflag, ch, fd;
+
+bflag = 0;
+while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "bf:")) != -1)
+	switch(ch) {
+	case 'b':
+		bflag = 1;
+		break;
+	case 'f':
+		if ((fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+			(void)fprintf(stderr,
+			    "myname: %s: %s\en", optarg, strerror(errno));
+			exit(1);
+		}
+		break;
+	case '?':
+	default:
+		usage();
+}
+argc -= optind;
+argv += optind;
+.Ed
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function appeared
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn getopt
+function was once specified to return
+.Dv EOF 
+instead of \-1.
+This was changed by
+.St -p1003.2-92
+to decouple 
+.Fn getopt
+from 
+.Pa <stdio.h> .
+.Pp
+A single dash
+.Dq Li -
+may be specified as an character in
+.Fa optstring ,
+however it should
+.Em never
+have an argument associated with it.
+This allows
+.Fn getopt
+to be used with programs that expect
+.Dq Li -
+as an option flag.
+This practice is wrong, and should not be used in any current development.
+It is provided for backward compatibility
+.Em only .
+By default, a single dash causes
+.Fn getopt
+to return \-1.
+This is, we believe, compatible with System V.
+.Pp
+It is also possible to handle digits as option letters.
+This allows
+.Fn getopt
+to be used with programs that expect a number
+.Pq Dq Li \&-\&3
+as an option.
+This practice is wrong, and should not be used in any current development.
+It is provided for backward compatibility
+.Em only .
+The following code fragment works in most cases.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+int length;
+char *p;
+
+while ((c = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789")) != -1)
+	switch (c) {
+	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+		p = argv[optind - 1];
+		if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == ch && !p[2])
+			length = atoi(++p);
+		else
+			length = atoi(argv[optind] + 1);
+		break;
+	}
+}
+.Ed
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.c b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5dddf86072a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getopt.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/27/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+int	opterr = 1,		/* if error message should be printed */
+	optind = 1,		/* index into parent argv vector */
+	optopt,			/* character checked for validity */
+	optreset;		/* reset getopt */
+char	*optarg;		/* argument associated with option */
+
+#define	BADCH	(int)'?'
+#define	BADARG	(int)':'
+#define	EMSG	""
+
+/*
+ * getopt --
+ *	Parse argc/argv argument vector.
+ */
+int
+getopt(nargc, nargv, ostr)
+	int nargc;
+	char * const *nargv;
+	const char *ostr;
+{
+	extern char *__progname;
+	static char *place = EMSG;		/* option letter processing */
+	char *oli;				/* option letter list index */
+
+	if (optreset || !*place) {		/* update scanning pointer */
+		optreset = 0;
+		if (optind >= nargc || *(place = nargv[optind]) != '-') {
+			place = EMSG;
+			return (-1);
+		}
+		if (place[1] && *++place == '-') {	/* found "--" */
+			++optind;
+			place = EMSG;
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}					/* option letter okay? */
+	if ((optopt = (int)*place++) == (int)':' ||
+	    !(oli = strchr(ostr, optopt))) {
+		/*
+		 * if the user didn't specify '-' as an option,
+		 * assume it means -1.
+		 */
+		if (optopt == (int)'-')
+			return (-1);
+		if (!*place)
+			++optind;
+		if (opterr && *ostr != ':')
+			(void)fprintf(stderr,
+			    "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", __progname, optopt);
+		return (BADCH);
+	}
+	if (*++oli != ':') {			/* don't need argument */
+		optarg = NULL;
+		if (!*place)
+			++optind;
+	}
+	else {					/* need an argument */
+		if (*place)			/* no white space */
+			optarg = place;
+		else if (nargc <= ++optind) {	/* no arg */
+			place = EMSG;
+			if (*ostr == ':')
+				return (BADARG);
+			if (opterr)
+				(void)fprintf(stderr,
+				    "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
+				    __progname, optopt);
+			return (BADCH);
+		}
+	 	else				/* white space */
+			optarg = nargv[optind];
+		place = EMSG;
+		++optind;
+	}
+	return (optopt);			/* dump back option letter */
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c b/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b932bf504821
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.c
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Peter McIlroy and by Dan Bernstein at New York University, 
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)radixsort.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/28/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Radixsort routines.
+ * 
+ * Program r_sort_a() is unstable but uses O(logN) extra memory for a stack.
+ * Use radixsort(a, n, trace, endchar) for this case.
+ * 
+ * For stable sorting (using N extra pointers) use sradixsort(), which calls
+ * r_sort_b().
+ * 
+ * For a description of this code, see D. McIlroy, P. McIlroy, K. Bostic,
+ * "Engineering Radix Sort".
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+typedef struct {
+	const u_char **sa;
+	int sn, si;
+} stack;
+
+static inline void simplesort
+	    __P((const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int));
+static void r_sort_a __P((const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int));
+static void r_sort_b __P((const u_char **,
+	    const u_char **, int, int, const u_char *, u_int));
+
+#define	THRESHOLD	20		/* Divert to simplesort(). */
+#define	SIZE		512		/* Default stack size. */
+
+#define SETUP {								\
+	if (tab == NULL) {						\
+		tr = tr0;						\
+		for (c = 0; c < endch; c++)				\
+			tr0[c] = c + 1;					\
+		tr0[c] = 0;						\
+		for (c++; c < 256; c++)					\
+			tr0[c] = c;					\
+		endch = 0;						\
+	} else {							\
+		endch = tab[endch];					\
+		tr = tab;						\
+		if (endch != 0 && endch != 255) {			\
+			errno = EINVAL;					\
+			return (-1);					\
+		}							\
+	}								\
+}
+
+int
+radixsort(a, n, tab, endch)
+	const u_char **a, *tab;
+	int n;
+	u_int endch;
+{
+	const u_char *tr;
+	int c;
+	u_char tr0[256];
+
+	SETUP;
+	r_sort_a(a, n, 0, tr, endch);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+int
+sradixsort(a, n, tab, endch)
+	const u_char **a, *tab;
+	int n;
+	u_int endch;
+{
+	const u_char *tr, **ta;
+	int c;
+	u_char tr0[256];
+
+	SETUP;
+	if (n < THRESHOLD)
+		simplesort(a, n, 0, tr, endch);
+	else {
+		if ((ta = malloc(n * sizeof(a))) == NULL)
+			return (-1);
+		r_sort_b(a, ta, n, 0, tr, endch);
+		free(ta);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+#define empty(s)	(s >= sp)
+#define pop(a, n, i)	a = (--sp)->sa, n = sp->sn, i = sp->si
+#define push(a, n, i)	sp->sa = a, sp->sn = n, (sp++)->si = i
+#define swap(a, b, t)	t = a, a = b, b = t
+
+/* Unstable, in-place sort. */
+static void
+r_sort_a(a, n, i, tr, endch)
+	const u_char **a;
+	int n, i;
+	const u_char *tr;
+	u_int endch;
+{
+	static int count[256], nc, bmin;
+	register int c;
+	register const u_char **ak, *r;
+	stack s[SIZE], *sp, *sp0, *sp1, temp;
+	int *cp, bigc;
+	const u_char **an, *t, **aj, **top[256];
+
+	/* Set up stack. */
+	sp = s;
+	push(a, n, i);
+	while (!empty(s)) {
+		pop(a, n, i);
+		if (n < THRESHOLD) {
+			simplesort(a, n, i, tr, endch);
+			continue;
+		}
+		an = a + n;
+
+		/* Make character histogram. */
+		if (nc == 0) {
+			bmin = 255;	/* First occupied bin, excluding eos. */
+			for (ak = a; ak < an;) {
+				c = tr[(*ak++)[i]];
+				if (++count[c] == 1 && c != endch) {
+					if (c < bmin)
+						bmin = c;
+					nc++;
+				}
+			}
+			if (sp + nc > s + SIZE) {	/* Get more stack. */
+				r_sort_a(a, n, i, tr, endch);
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Set top[]; push incompletely sorted bins onto stack.
+		 * top[] = pointers to last out-of-place element in bins.
+		 * count[] = counts of elements in bins.
+		 * Before permuting: top[c-1] + count[c] = top[c];
+		 * during deal: top[c] counts down to top[c-1].
+		 */
+		sp0 = sp1 = sp;		/* Stack position of biggest bin. */
+		bigc = 2;		/* Size of biggest bin. */
+		if (endch == 0)		/* Special case: set top[eos]. */
+			top[0] = ak = a + count[0];
+		else {
+			ak = a;
+			top[255] = an;
+		}
+		for (cp = count + bmin; nc > 0; cp++) {
+			while (*cp == 0)	/* Find next non-empty pile. */
+				cp++;
+			if (*cp > 1) {
+				if (*cp > bigc) {
+					bigc = *cp;
+					sp1 = sp;
+				}
+				push(ak, *cp, i+1);
+			}
+			top[cp-count] = ak += *cp;
+			nc--;
+		}
+		swap(*sp0, *sp1, temp);	/* Play it safe -- biggest bin last. */
+
+		/*
+		 * Permute misplacements home.  Already home: everything
+		 * before aj, and in bin[c], items from top[c] on.
+		 * Inner loop:
+		 *	r = next element to put in place;
+		 *	ak = top[r[i]] = location to put the next element.
+		 *	aj = bottom of 1st disordered bin.
+		 * Outer loop:
+		 *	Once the 1st disordered bin is done, ie. aj >= ak,
+		 *	aj<-aj + count[c] connects the bins in a linked list;
+		 *	reset count[c].
+		 */
+		for (aj = a; aj < an;  *aj = r, aj += count[c], count[c] = 0)
+			for (r = *aj;  aj < (ak = --top[c = tr[r[i]]]);)
+				swap(*ak, r, t);
+	}
+}
+
+/* Stable sort, requiring additional memory. */
+static void
+r_sort_b(a, ta, n, i, tr, endch)
+	const u_char **a, **ta;
+	int n, i;
+	const u_char *tr;
+	u_int endch;
+{
+	static int count[256], nc, bmin;
+	register int c;
+	register const u_char **ak, **ai;
+	stack s[512], *sp, *sp0, *sp1, temp;
+	const u_char **top[256];
+	int *cp, bigc;
+
+	sp = s;
+	push(a, n, i);
+	while (!empty(s)) {
+		pop(a, n, i);
+		if (n < THRESHOLD) {
+			simplesort(a, n, i, tr, endch);
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (nc == 0) {
+			bmin = 255;
+			for (ak = a + n; --ak >= a;) {
+				c = tr[(*ak)[i]];
+				if (++count[c] == 1 && c != endch) {
+					if (c < bmin)
+						bmin = c;
+					nc++;
+				}
+			}
+			if (sp + nc > s + SIZE) {
+				r_sort_b(a, ta, n, i, tr, endch);
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		sp0 = sp1 = sp;
+		bigc = 2;
+		if (endch == 0) {
+			top[0] = ak = a + count[0];
+			count[0] = 0;
+		} else {
+			ak = a;
+			top[255] = a + n;
+			count[255] = 0;
+		}
+		for (cp = count + bmin; nc > 0; cp++) {
+			while (*cp == 0)
+				cp++;
+			if ((c = *cp) > 1) {
+				if (c > bigc) {
+					bigc = c;
+					sp1 = sp;
+				}
+				push(ak, c, i+1);
+			}
+			top[cp-count] = ak += c;
+			*cp = 0;			/* Reset count[]. */
+			nc--;
+		}
+		swap(*sp0, *sp1, temp);
+
+		for (ak = ta + n, ai = a+n; ak > ta;)	/* Copy to temp. */
+			*--ak = *--ai;
+		for (ak = ta+n; --ak >= ta;)		/* Deal to piles. */
+			*--top[tr[(*ak)[i]]] = *ak;
+	}
+}
+		
+static inline void
+simplesort(a, n, b, tr, endch)	/* insertion sort */
+	register const u_char **a;
+	int n, b;
+	register const u_char *tr;
+	u_int endch;
+{
+	register u_char ch;
+	const u_char  **ak, **ai, *s, *t;
+
+	for (ak = a+1; --n >= 1; ak++)
+		for (ai = ak; ai > a; ai--) {
+			for (s = ai[0] + b, t = ai[-1] + b;
+			    (ch = tr[*s]) != endch; s++, t++)
+				if (ch != tr[*t])
+					break;
+			if (ch >= tr[*t])
+				break;
+			swap(ai[0], ai[-1], s);
+		}
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c b/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..7c76158d9b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/random.c
@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)random.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/19/95";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+ * random.c:
+ *
+ * An improved random number generation package.  In addition to the standard
+ * rand()/srand() like interface, this package also has a special state info
+ * interface.  The initstate() routine is called with a seed, an array of
+ * bytes, and a count of how many bytes are being passed in; this array is
+ * then initialized to contain information for random number generation with
+ * that much state information.  Good sizes for the amount of state
+ * information are 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes.  The state can be switched by
+ * calling the setstate() routine with the same array as was initiallized
+ * with initstate().  By default, the package runs with 128 bytes of state
+ * information and generates far better random numbers than a linear
+ * congruential generator.  If the amount of state information is less than
+ * 32 bytes, a simple linear congruential R.N.G. is used.
+ *
+ * Internally, the state information is treated as an array of longs; the
+ * zeroeth element of the array is the type of R.N.G. being used (small
+ * integer); the remainder of the array is the state information for the
+ * R.N.G.  Thus, 32 bytes of state information will give 7 longs worth of
+ * state information, which will allow a degree seven polynomial.  (Note:
+ * the zeroeth word of state information also has some other information
+ * stored in it -- see setstate() for details).
+ * 
+ * The random number generation technique is a linear feedback shift register
+ * approach, employing trinomials (since there are fewer terms to sum up that
+ * way).  In this approach, the least significant bit of all the numbers in
+ * the state table will act as a linear feedback shift register, and will
+ * have period 2^deg - 1 (where deg is the degree of the polynomial being
+ * used, assuming that the polynomial is irreducible and primitive).  The
+ * higher order bits will have longer periods, since their values are also
+ * influenced by pseudo-random carries out of the lower bits.  The total
+ * period of the generator is approximately deg*(2**deg - 1); thus doubling
+ * the amount of state information has a vast influence on the period of the
+ * generator.  Note: the deg*(2**deg - 1) is an approximation only good for
+ * large deg, when the period of the shift register is the dominant factor.
+ * With deg equal to seven, the period is actually much longer than the
+ * 7*(2**7 - 1) predicted by this formula.
+ *
+ * Modified 28 December 1994 by Jacob S. Rosenberg.
+ * The following changes have been made:
+ * All references to the type u_int have been changed to unsigned long.
+ * All references to type int have been changed to type long.  Other
+ * cleanups have been made as well.  A warning for both initstate and
+ * setstate has been inserted to the effect that on Sparc platforms
+ * the 'arg_state' variable must be forced to begin on word boundaries.
+ * This can be easily done by casting a long integer array to char *.
+ * The overall logic has been left STRICTLY alone.  This software was
+ * tested on both a VAX and Sun SpacsStation with exactly the same
+ * results.  The new version and the original give IDENTICAL results.
+ * The new version is somewhat faster than the original.  As the
+ * documentation says:  "By default, the package runs with 128 bytes of
+ * state information and generates far better random numbers than a linear
+ * congruential generator.  If the amount of state information is less than
+ * 32 bytes, a simple linear congruential R.N.G. is used."  For a buffer of
+ * 128 bytes, this new version runs about 19 percent faster and for a 16
+ * byte buffer it is about 5 percent faster.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * For each of the currently supported random number generators, we have a
+ * break value on the amount of state information (you need at least this
+ * many bytes of state info to support this random number generator), a degree
+ * for the polynomial (actually a trinomial) that the R.N.G. is based on, and
+ * the separation between the two lower order coefficients of the trinomial.
+ */
+#define	TYPE_0		0		/* linear congruential */
+#define	BREAK_0		8
+#define	DEG_0		0
+#define	SEP_0		0
+
+#define	TYPE_1		1		/* x**7 + x**3 + 1 */
+#define	BREAK_1		32
+#define	DEG_1		7
+#define	SEP_1		3
+
+#define	TYPE_2		2		/* x**15 + x + 1 */
+#define	BREAK_2		64
+#define	DEG_2		15
+#define	SEP_2		1
+
+#define	TYPE_3		3		/* x**31 + x**3 + 1 */
+#define	BREAK_3		128
+#define	DEG_3		31
+#define	SEP_3		3
+
+#define	TYPE_4		4		/* x**63 + x + 1 */
+#define	BREAK_4		256
+#define	DEG_4		63
+#define	SEP_4		1
+
+/*
+ * Array versions of the above information to make code run faster --
+ * relies on fact that TYPE_i == i.
+ */
+#define	MAX_TYPES	5		/* max number of types above */
+
+static long degrees[MAX_TYPES] =	{ DEG_0, DEG_1, DEG_2, DEG_3, DEG_4 };
+static long seps [MAX_TYPES] =	{ SEP_0, SEP_1, SEP_2, SEP_3, SEP_4 };
+
+/*
+ * Initially, everything is set up as if from:
+ *
+ *	initstate(1, &randtbl, 128);
+ *
+ * Note that this initialization takes advantage of the fact that srandom()
+ * advances the front and rear pointers 10*rand_deg times, and hence the
+ * rear pointer which starts at 0 will also end up at zero; thus the zeroeth
+ * element of the state information, which contains info about the current
+ * position of the rear pointer is just
+ *
+ *	MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + TYPE_3 == TYPE_3.
+ */
+
+static long randtbl[DEG_3 + 1] = {
+	TYPE_3,
+	0x9a319039, 0x32d9c024, 0x9b663182, 0x5da1f342, 0xde3b81e0, 0xdf0a6fb5,
+	0xf103bc02, 0x48f340fb, 0x7449e56b, 0xbeb1dbb0, 0xab5c5918, 0x946554fd,
+	0x8c2e680f, 0xeb3d799f, 0xb11ee0b7, 0x2d436b86, 0xda672e2a, 0x1588ca88,
+	0xe369735d, 0x904f35f7, 0xd7158fd6, 0x6fa6f051, 0x616e6b96, 0xac94efdc,
+	0x36413f93, 0xc622c298, 0xf5a42ab8, 0x8a88d77b, 0xf5ad9d0e, 0x8999220b,
+	0x27fb47b9,
+};
+
+/*
+ * fptr and rptr are two pointers into the state info, a front and a rear
+ * pointer.  These two pointers are always rand_sep places aparts, as they
+ * cycle cyclically through the state information.  (Yes, this does mean we
+ * could get away with just one pointer, but the code for random() is more
+ * efficient this way).  The pointers are left positioned as they would be
+ * from the call
+ *
+ *	initstate(1, randtbl, 128);
+ *
+ * (The position of the rear pointer, rptr, is really 0 (as explained above
+ * in the initialization of randtbl) because the state table pointer is set
+ * to point to randtbl[1] (as explained below).
+ */
+static long *fptr = &randtbl[SEP_3 + 1];
+static long *rptr = &randtbl[1];
+
+/*
+ * The following things are the pointer to the state information table, the
+ * type of the current generator, the degree of the current polynomial being
+ * used, and the separation between the two pointers.  Note that for efficiency
+ * of random(), we remember the first location of the state information, not
+ * the zeroeth.  Hence it is valid to access state[-1], which is used to
+ * store the type of the R.N.G.  Also, we remember the last location, since
+ * this is more efficient than indexing every time to find the address of
+ * the last element to see if the front and rear pointers have wrapped.
+ */
+static long *state = &randtbl[1];
+static long rand_type = TYPE_3;
+static long rand_deg = DEG_3;
+static long rand_sep = SEP_3;
+static long *end_ptr = &randtbl[DEG_3 + 1];
+
+/*
+ * srandom:
+ *
+ * Initialize the random number generator based on the given seed.  If the
+ * type is the trivial no-state-information type, just remember the seed.
+ * Otherwise, initializes state[] based on the given "seed" via a linear
+ * congruential generator.  Then, the pointers are set to known locations
+ * that are exactly rand_sep places apart.  Lastly, it cycles the state
+ * information a given number of times to get rid of any initial dependencies
+ * introduced by the L.C.R.N.G.  Note that the initialization of randtbl[]
+ * for default usage relies on values produced by this routine.
+ */
+void
+srandom(x)
+	unsigned long x;
+{
+	register long i;
+
+	if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+		state[0] = x;
+	else {
+		state[0] = x;
+		for (i = 1; i < rand_deg; i++)
+			state[i] = 1103515245 * state[i - 1] + 12345;
+		fptr = &state[rand_sep];
+		rptr = &state[0];
+		for (i = 0; i < 10 * rand_deg; i++)
+			(void)random();
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * initstate:
+ *
+ * Initialize the state information in the given array of n bytes for future
+ * random number generation.  Based on the number of bytes we are given, and
+ * the break values for the different R.N.G.'s, we choose the best (largest)
+ * one we can and set things up for it.  srandom() is then called to
+ * initialize the state information.
+ * 
+ * Note that on return from srandom(), we set state[-1] to be the type
+ * multiplexed with the current value of the rear pointer; this is so
+ * successive calls to initstate() won't lose this information and will be
+ * able to restart with setstate().
+ * 
+ * Note: the first thing we do is save the current state, if any, just like
+ * setstate() so that it doesn't matter when initstate is called.
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to the old state.
+ *
+ * Note: The Sparc platform requires that arg_state begin on a long
+ * word boundary; otherwise a bus error will occur. Even so, lint will
+ * complain about mis-alignment, but you should disregard these messages.
+ */
+char *
+initstate(seed, arg_state, n)
+	unsigned long seed;		/* seed for R.N.G. */
+	char *arg_state;		/* pointer to state array */
+	long n;				/* # bytes of state info */
+{
+	register char *ostate = (char *)(&state[-1]);
+	register long *long_arg_state = (long *) arg_state;
+
+	if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+		state[-1] = rand_type;
+	else
+		state[-1] = MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + rand_type;
+	if (n < BREAK_0) {
+		(void)fprintf(stderr,
+		    "random: not enough state (%ld bytes); ignored.\n", n);
+		return(0);
+	}
+	if (n < BREAK_1) {
+		rand_type = TYPE_0;
+		rand_deg = DEG_0;
+		rand_sep = SEP_0;
+	} else if (n < BREAK_2) {
+		rand_type = TYPE_1;
+		rand_deg = DEG_1;
+		rand_sep = SEP_1;
+	} else if (n < BREAK_3) {
+		rand_type = TYPE_2;
+		rand_deg = DEG_2;
+		rand_sep = SEP_2;
+	} else if (n < BREAK_4) {
+		rand_type = TYPE_3;
+		rand_deg = DEG_3;
+		rand_sep = SEP_3;
+	} else {
+		rand_type = TYPE_4;
+		rand_deg = DEG_4;
+		rand_sep = SEP_4;
+	}
+	state = (long *) (long_arg_state + 1); /* first location */
+	end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];	/* must set end_ptr before srandom */
+	srandom(seed);
+	if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+		long_arg_state[0] = rand_type;
+	else
+		long_arg_state[0] = MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + rand_type;
+	return(ostate);
+}
+
+/*
+ * setstate:
+ *
+ * Restore the state from the given state array.
+ *
+ * Note: it is important that we also remember the locations of the pointers
+ * in the current state information, and restore the locations of the pointers
+ * from the old state information.  This is done by multiplexing the pointer
+ * location into the zeroeth word of the state information.
+ *
+ * Note that due to the order in which things are done, it is OK to call
+ * setstate() with the same state as the current state.
+ *
+ * Returns a pointer to the old state information.
+ *
+ * Note: The Sparc platform requires that arg_state begin on a long
+ * word boundary; otherwise a bus error will occur. Even so, lint will
+ * complain about mis-alignment, but you should disregard these messages.
+ */
+char *
+setstate(arg_state)
+	char *arg_state;		/* pointer to state array */
+{
+	register long *new_state = (long *) arg_state;
+	register long type = new_state[0] % MAX_TYPES;
+	register long rear = new_state[0] / MAX_TYPES;
+	char *ostate = (char *)(&state[-1]);
+
+	if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+		state[-1] = rand_type;
+	else
+		state[-1] = MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state) + rand_type;
+	switch(type) {
+	case TYPE_0:
+	case TYPE_1:
+	case TYPE_2:
+	case TYPE_3:
+	case TYPE_4:
+		rand_type = type;
+		rand_deg = degrees[type];
+		rand_sep = seps[type];
+		break;
+	default:
+		(void)fprintf(stderr,
+		    "random: state info corrupted; not changed.\n");
+	}
+	state = (long *) (new_state + 1);
+	if (rand_type != TYPE_0) {
+		rptr = &state[rear];
+		fptr = &state[(rear + rand_sep) % rand_deg];
+	}
+	end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];		/* set end_ptr too */
+	return(ostate);
+}
+
+/*
+ * random:
+ *
+ * If we are using the trivial TYPE_0 R.N.G., just do the old linear
+ * congruential bit.  Otherwise, we do our fancy trinomial stuff, which is
+ * the same in all the other cases due to all the global variables that have
+ * been set up.  The basic operation is to add the number at the rear pointer
+ * into the one at the front pointer.  Then both pointers are advanced to
+ * the next location cyclically in the table.  The value returned is the sum
+ * generated, reduced to 31 bits by throwing away the "least random" low bit.
+ *
+ * Note: the code takes advantage of the fact that both the front and
+ * rear pointers can't wrap on the same call by not testing the rear
+ * pointer if the front one has wrapped.
+ *
+ * Returns a 31-bit random number.
+ */
+long
+random()
+{
+	register long i;
+	register long *f, *r;
+
+	if (rand_type == TYPE_0) {
+		i = state[0];
+		state[0] = i = (i * 1103515245 + 12345) & 0x7fffffff;
+	} else {
+		/*
+		 * Use local variables rather than static variables for speed.
+		 */
+		f = fptr; r = rptr;
+		*f += *r;
+		i = (*f >> 1) & 0x7fffffff;	/* chucking least random bit */
+		if (++f >= end_ptr) {
+			f = state;
+			++r;
+		}
+		else if (++r >= end_ptr) {
+			r = state;
+		}
+
+		fptr = f; rptr = r;
+	}
+	return(i);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/strmode.3 b/lib/libc/string/strmode.3
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..43d0cf173b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/string/strmode.3
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)strmode.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 7/28/94
+.\"
+.Dd July 28, 1994
+.Dt STRMODE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm strmode
+.Nd convert inode status information into a symbolic string
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <string.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn strmode "mode_t mode" "char *bp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn strmode
+function
+converts a file
+.Fa mode
+(the type and permission information associated with an inode, see
+.Xr stat 2 )
+into a symbolic string which is stored in the location referenced by
+.Fa bp .
+This stored string is eleven characters in length plus a trailing
+.Dv NULL .
+.Pp
+The first character is the inode type, and will be one of the following:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width flag -offset indent -compact
+.It \-
+regular file
+.It b
+block special
+.It c
+character special
+.It d
+directory
+.It l
+symbolic link
+.It p
+fifo
+.It s
+socket
+.It w
+whiteout
+.It ?
+unknown inode type
+.El
+.Pp
+The next nine characters encode three sets of permissions, in three
+characters each.
+The first three characters are the permissions for the owner of the
+file, the second three for the group the file belongs to, and the
+third for the ``other'', or default, set of users.
+.Pp
+Permission checking is done as specifically as possible.
+If read permission is denied to the owner of a file in the first set
+of permissions, the owner of the file will not be able to read the file.
+This is true even if the owner is in the file's group and the group
+permissions allow reading or the ``other'' permissions allow reading.
+.Pp
+If the first character of the three character set is an ``r'', the file is
+readable for that set of users; if a dash ``\-'', it is not readable.
+.Pp
+If the second character of the three character set is a ``w'', the file is
+writable for that set of users; if a dash ``\-'', it is not writable.
+.Pp
+The third character is the first of the following characters that apply:
+.Bl -tag -width xxxx
+.It S
+If the character is part of the owner permissions and the file is not
+executable or the directory is not searchable by the owner, and the
+set-user-id bit is set.
+.It S
+If the character is part of the group permissions and the file is not
+executable or the directory is not searchable by the group, and the
+set-group-id bit is set.
+.It T
+If the character is part of the other permissions and the file is not
+executable or the directory is not searchable by others, and the ``sticky''
+.Pq Dv S_ISVTX
+bit is set.
+.It s
+If the character is part of the owner permissions and the file is
+executable or the directory searchable by the owner, and the set-user-id
+bit is set.
+.It s
+If the character is part of the group permissions and the file is
+executable or the directory searchable by the group, and the set-group-id
+bit is set.
+.It t
+If the character is part of the other permissions and the file is
+executable or the directory searchable by others, and the ``sticky''
+.Pq Dv S_ISVTX
+bit is set.
+.It x
+The file is executable or the directory is searchable.
+.It \-
+None of the above apply.
+.El
+.Pp
+The last character is a plus sign ``+'' if any there are any alternate
+or additional access control methods associated with the inode, otherwise
+it will be a space.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn strmode
+function
+always returns 0.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+.Xr find 1 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr getmode 3 ,
+.Xr setmode 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn strmode
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/strmode.c b/lib/libc/string/strmode.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2c3f44a94561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/string/strmode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strmode.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 8/15/94";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+void
+strmode(mode, p)
+	register mode_t mode;
+	register char *p;
+{
+	 /* print type */
+	switch (mode & S_IFMT) {
+	case S_IFDIR:			/* directory */
+		*p++ = 'd';
+		break;
+	case S_IFCHR:			/* character special */
+		*p++ = 'c';
+		break;
+	case S_IFBLK:			/* block special */
+		*p++ = 'b';
+		break;
+	case S_IFREG:			/* regular */
+		*p++ = '-';
+		break;
+	case S_IFLNK:			/* symbolic link */
+		*p++ = 'l';
+		break;
+	case S_IFSOCK:			/* socket */
+		*p++ = 's';
+		break;
+#ifdef S_IFIFO
+	case S_IFIFO:			/* fifo */
+		*p++ = 'p';
+		break;
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IFWHT
+	case S_IFWHT:			/* whiteout */
+		*p++ = 'w';
+		break;
+#endif
+	default:			/* unknown */
+		*p++ = '?';
+		break;
+	}
+	/* usr */
+	if (mode & S_IRUSR)
+		*p++ = 'r';
+	else
+		*p++ = '-';
+	if (mode & S_IWUSR)
+		*p++ = 'w';
+	else
+		*p++ = '-';
+	switch (mode & (S_IXUSR | S_ISUID)) {
+	case 0:
+		*p++ = '-';
+		break;
+	case S_IXUSR:
+		*p++ = 'x';
+		break;
+	case S_ISUID:
+		*p++ = 'S';
+		break;
+	case S_IXUSR | S_ISUID:
+		*p++ = 's';
+		break;
+	}
+	/* group */
+	if (mode & S_IRGRP)
+		*p++ = 'r';
+	else
+		*p++ = '-';
+	if (mode & S_IWGRP)
+		*p++ = 'w';
+	else
+		*p++ = '-';
+	switch (mode & (S_IXGRP | S_ISGID)) {
+	case 0:
+		*p++ = '-';
+		break;
+	case S_IXGRP:
+		*p++ = 'x';
+		break;
+	case S_ISGID:
+		*p++ = 'S';
+		break;
+	case S_IXGRP | S_ISGID:
+		*p++ = 's';
+		break;
+	}
+	/* other */
+	if (mode & S_IROTH)
+		*p++ = 'r';
+	else
+		*p++ = '-';
+	if (mode & S_IWOTH)
+		*p++ = 'w';
+	else
+		*p++ = '-';
+	switch (mode & (S_IXOTH | S_ISVTX)) {
+	case 0:
+		*p++ = '-';
+		break;
+	case S_IXOTH:
+		*p++ = 'x';
+		break;
+	case S_ISVTX:
+		*p++ = 'T';
+		break;
+	case S_IXOTH | S_ISVTX:
+		*p++ = 't';
+		break;
+	}
+	*p++ = ' ';		/* will be a '+' if ACL's implemented */
+	*p = '\0';
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/sys/Makefile.inc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c89e36e2bd10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/Makefile.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+#	@(#)Makefile.inc	8.3 (Berkeley) 10/24/94
+
+# sys sources
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/sys ${.CURDIR}/sys
+
+# modules with non-default implementations on at least one architecture:
+SRCS+=	Ovfork.s brk.s cerror.s exect.s fork.s pipe.s ptrace.s reboot.s \
+	sbrk.s setlogin.s sigpending.s sigprocmask.s sigreturn.s \
+	sigsuspend.s syscall.s
+
+# glue to provide compatibility between GCC 1.X and 2.X
+SRCS+=	ftruncate.c lseek.c mmap.c truncate.c
+
+# modules with default implementations on all architectures:
+ASM=	accept.o access.o acct.o adjtime.o bind.o chdir.o chflags.o chmod.o \
+	chown.o chroot.o close.o connect.o dup.o dup2.o execve.o fchdir.o \
+	fchflags.o fchmod.o fchown.o fcntl.o flock.o fpathconf.o fstat.o \
+	fstatfs.o fsync.o getdirentries.o getdtablesize.o getegid.o \
+	geteuid.o getfh.o getfsstat.o getgid.o getgroups.o getitimer.o \
+	getpeername.o getpgrp.o getpid.o getppid.o getpriority.o \
+	getrlimit.o getrusage.o getsockname.o getsockopt.o gettimeofday.o \
+	getuid.o ioctl.o kill.o ktrace.o lfs_bmapv.o lfs_markv.o \
+	lfs_segclean.o lfs_segwait.o link.o listen.o lstat.o \
+	madvise.o mincore.o mkdir.o mkfifo.o mknod.o mlock.o mount.o \
+	mprotect.o msync.o munlock.o munmap.o nfssvc.o open.o \
+	pathconf.o profil.o quotactl.o read.o \
+	readlink.o readv.o recvfrom.o recvmsg.o rename.o revoke.o rmdir.o \
+	select.o sendmsg.o sendto.o setegid.o seteuid.o setgid.o \
+	setgroups.o setitimer.o setpgid.o setpriority.o setrlimit.o \
+	setsid.o setsockopt.o settimeofday.o setuid.o shutdown.o \
+	sigaction.o sigaltstack.o socket.o socketpair.o stat.o statfs.o \
+	swapon.o symlink.o sync.o umask.o undelete.o unlink.o unmount.o \
+	utimes.o vadvise.o wait4.o write.o writev.o __syscall.o __sysctl.o
+
+PSEUDO=	_exit.o _getlogin.o
+
+OBJS+=	${ASM} ${PSEUDO}
+POBJS+=	${ASM:.o=.po} ${PSEUDO:.o=.po}
+CLEANFILES+=${ASM} ${PSEUDO} ${POBJS} 
+
+${ASM}: ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/SYS.h /usr/include/sys/syscall.h
+	@echo creating ${.PREFIX}.o ${.PREFIX}.po
+	@printf '#include "SYS.h"\nRSYSCALL(${.PREFIX})\n' | \
+	    ${CPP} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} | ${AS} -o ${.PREFIX}.o
+	@${LD} -x -r ${.PREFIX}.o
+	@mv a.out ${.PREFIX}.o
+	@printf '#include "SYS.h"\nRSYSCALL(${.PREFIX})\n' | \
+	    ${CPP} -DPROF ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} | ${AS} -o ${.PREFIX}.po
+	@${LD} -x -r ${.PREFIX}.po
+	@mv a.out ${.PREFIX}.po
+
+${PSEUDO}: ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/SYS.h /usr/include/sys/syscall.h
+	@echo creating ${.PREFIX}.o ${.PREFIX}.po
+	@printf '#include "SYS.h"\nPSEUDO(${.PREFIX},${.PREFIX:S/_//})\n' | \
+	    ${CPP} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} | ${AS} -o ${.PREFIX}.o
+	@${LD} -x -r ${.PREFIX}.o
+	@mv a.out ${.PREFIX}.o
+	@printf '#include "SYS.h"\nPSEUDO(${.PREFIX},${.PREFIX:S/_//})\n' | \
+	    ${CPP} -DPROF ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} | ${AS} -o ${.PREFIX}.po
+	@${LD} -x -r ${.PREFIX}.po
+	@mv a.out ${.PREFIX}.po
+
+MAN2+=	accept.0 access.0 acct.0 adjtime.0 bind.0 brk.0 chdir.0 chflags.0 \
+	chmod.0 chown.0 chroot.0 close.0 connect.0 dup.0 execve.0 _exit.0 \
+	fcntl.0 flock.0 fork.0 fsync.0 getdirentries.0 getdtablesize.0 \
+	getfh.0 getfsstat.0 getgid.0 getgroups.0 getitimer.0 getlogin.0 \
+	getpeername.0 getpgrp.0 getpid.0 getpriority.0 getrlimit.0 \
+	getrusage.0 getsockname.0 getsockopt.0 gettimeofday.0 getuid.0 \
+	intro.0 ioctl.0 kill.0 ktrace.0 link.0 listen.0 lseek.0 \
+	mkdir.0 mkfifo.0 mknod.0 madvise.0 mincore.0 mlock.0 mmap.0 \
+	mount.0 mprotect.0 msync.0 munmap.0 \
+	nfssvc.0 open.0 pathconf.0 pipe.0 profil.0 ptrace.0 quotactl.0 \
+	munmap.0 nfssvc.0 open.0 pipe.0 profil.0 ptrace.0 quotactl.0 \
+	read.0 readlink.0 reboot.0 recv.0 rename.0 revoke.0 rmdir.0 \
+	select.0 send.0 setgroups.0 setpgid.0 setsid.0 setuid.0 shutdown.0 \
+	sigaction.0 sigpending.0 sigprocmask.0 sigreturn.0 sigaltstack.0 \
+	sigstack.0 sigsuspend.0 socket.0 socketpair.0 stat.0 statfs.0 \
+	swapon.0 symlink.0 sync.0 syscall.0 truncate.0 umask.0 unlink.0 \
+	undelete.0 utimes.0 vfork.0 wait.0 write.0
+
+MLINKS+=brk.2 sbrk.2
+MLINKS+=dup.2 dup2.2
+MLINKS+=chdir.2 fchdir.2
+MLINKS+=chflags.2 fchflags.2
+MLINKS+=chmod.2 fchmod.2
+MLINKS+=chown.2 fchown.2
+MLINKS+=getgid.2 getegid.2
+MLINKS+=getitimer.2 setitimer.2
+MLINKS+=getlogin.2 setlogin.2
+MLINKS+=getpid.2 getppid.2
+MLINKS+=getpriority.2 setpriority.2
+MLINKS+=getrlimit.2 setrlimit.2
+MLINKS+=getsockopt.2 setsockopt.2
+MLINKS+=gettimeofday.2 settimeofday.2
+MLINKS+=getuid.2 geteuid.2
+MLINKS+=intro.2 errno.2
+MLINKS+=lseek.2 seek.2
+MLINKS+=mlock.2 munlock.2
+MLINKS+=mount.2 unmount.2
+MLINKS+=pathconf.2 fpathconf.2
+MLINKS+=read.2 readv.2
+MLINKS+=recv.2 recvfrom.2 recv.2 recvmsg.2
+MLINKS+=send.2 sendmsg.2 send.2 sendto.2
+MLINKS+=setuid.2 setegid.2 setuid.2 seteuid.2 setuid.2 setgid.2
+MLINKS+=stat.2 fstat.2 stat.2 lstat.2
+MLINKS+=statfs.2 fstatfs.2
+MLINKS+=syscall.2 __syscall.2
+MLINKS+=truncate.2 ftruncate.2
+MLINKS+=wait.2 wait3.2 wait.2 wait4.2 wait.2 waitpid.2
+MLINKS+=write.2 writev.2
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/brk.2 b/lib/libc/sys/brk.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e3c825e2a603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/brk.2
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)brk.2	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/1/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 1, 1995
+.Dt BRK 2
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm brk ,
+.Nm sbrk
+.Nd change data segment size
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Ft char
+.Fn *brk "const char *addr"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn *sbrk "int incr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+The brk and sbrk functions are historical curiosities
+left over from earlier days before the advent of virtual memory management.
+.Ef
+The
+.Fn brk
+function
+sets the break or lowest address
+of a process's data segment (uninitialized data) to
+.Fa addr
+(immediately above bss).
+Data addressing is restricted between
+.Fa addr
+and the lowest stack pointer to the stack segment.
+Memory is allocated by
+.Fa brk
+in page size pieces;
+if
+.Fa addr
+is not evenly divisible by the system page size, it is
+increased to the next page boundary.
+.Pp
+.\" The
+.\" .Nm sbrk
+.\" function
+.\" allocates chunks of
+.\" .Fa incr
+.\" bytes
+.\" to the process's data space
+.\" and returns an address pointer.
+.\" The
+.\" .Xr malloc 3
+.\" function utilizes
+.\" .Nm sbrk .
+.\" .Pp
+The current value of the program break is reliably returned by
+.Dq Li sbrk(0)
+(see also 
+.Xr end 3 ) .
+The
+.Xr getrlimit 2
+system call may be used to determine
+the maximum permissible size of the
+.Em data
+segment;
+it will not be possible to set the break
+beyond the
+.Em rlim_max
+value returned from a call to
+.Xr getrlimit ,
+e.g.
+.Dq etext + rlp\(->rlim_max.
+(see
+.Xr end 3
+for the definition of
+.Em etext ) .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Nm Brk
+returns 0 if successful;
+otherwise -1 with
+.Va errno
+set to indicate why the allocation failed.
+.Nm Sbrk
+returns a pointer to the base of the new storage if successful;
+otherwise -1 with
+.Va errno
+set to indicate why the allocation failed.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Xr Brk
+or
+.Xr sbrk
+will fail and no additional memory will be allocated if
+one of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOMEM]
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The limit, as set by
+.Xr setrlimit 2 ,
+was exceeded.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The maximum possible size of a data segment (compiled into the
+system) was exceeded.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Insufficient space existed in the swap area
+to support the expansion.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr getrlimit 2 ,
+.Xr malloc 3 ,
+.Xr end 3
+.Sh BUGS
+Setting the break may fail due to a temporary lack of
+swap space.  It is not possible to distinguish this
+from a failure caused by exceeding the maximum size of
+the data segment without consulting 
+.Xr getrlimit .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm
+function call appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chflags.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chflags.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e10d98d5dedd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/chflags.2
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)chflags.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/2/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 2, 1995
+.Dt CHFLAGS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm chflags ,
+.Nm fchflags
+.Nd set file flags
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/stat.h>
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn chflags "const char *path"  "u_long flags"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fchflags "int fd" "u_long flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The file whose name
+is given by
+.Fa path
+or referenced by the descriptor
+.Fa fd
+has its flags changed to
+.Fa flags .
+.Pp
+The flags specified are formed by
+.Em or Ns 'ing
+the following values
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "SF_IMMUTABLE" -compact -offset indent
+.It UF_NODUMP
+Do not dump the file.
+.It UF_IMMUTABLE
+The file may not be changed.
+.It UF_APPEND
+The file may only be appended to.
+.It UF_OPAQUE
+The directory is opaque when viewed through a union stack.
+.\".It ARCHIVED
+.\"File is archived.
+.It SF_IMMUTABLE
+The file may not be changed.
+.It SF_APPEND
+The file may only be appended to.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Dq UF_IMMUTABLE
+and
+.Dq UF_APPEND
+flags may be set or unset by either the owner of a file or the super-user.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dq SF_IMMUTABLE
+and
+.Dq SF_APPEND
+flags may only be set or unset by the super-user.
+Attempts by the non-super-user to set the super-user only flags
+are silently ignored.
+These flags may be set at any time, but normally may only be unset when
+the system is in single-user mode.
+(See
+.Xr init 8
+for details.)
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, a value of 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, -1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Chflags
+will fail it:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The pathname contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded 255 characters,
+or an entire path name exceeded 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID does not match the owner of the file and
+the effective user ID is not the super-user.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The named file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An
+.Tn I/O
+error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn Fchflags
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The descriptor is not valid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa Fd
+refers to a socket, not to a file.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The effective user ID does not match the owner of the file and
+the effective user ID is not the super-user.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The file resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An
+.Tn I/O
+error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chflags 1 ,
+.Xr init 8 ,
+.Xr mount_union 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm chflags
+and
+.Nm fchflags
+functions first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 b/lib/libc/sys/execve.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ca44793d731c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/execve.2
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)execve.2	8.5 (Berkeley) 6/1/94
+.\"
+.Dd June 1, 1994
+.Dt EXECVE 2
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm execve
+.Nd execute a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn execve "const char *path" "char *const argv[]" "char *const envp[]"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Execve
+transforms the calling process into a new process.
+The new process is constructed from an ordinary file,
+whose name is pointed to by
+.Fa path ,
+called the
+.Em new process file .
+This file is either an executable object file,
+or a file of data for an interpreter.
+An executable object file consists of an identifying header,
+followed by pages of data representing the initial program (text)
+and initialized data pages.  Additional pages may be specified
+by the header to be initialized with zero data;  see
+.Xr a.out 5 .
+.Pp
+An interpreter file begins with a line of the form:
+.Pp
+.Bd -filled -offset indent -compact
+.Sy \&#!
+.Em interpreter
+.Bq Em arg
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When an interpreter file is
+.\" was .Fn execve Ap d ,
+\fBexecve\fP'd,
+the system
+.\" was .Fn execve Ap s
+\fBexecve\fP's
+runs the specified
+.Em interpreter .
+If the optional
+.Em arg
+is specified, it becomes the first argument to the
+.Em interpreter ,
+and the name of the originally
+.\" was .Fn execve Ap d
+\fBexecve\fP'd
+file becomes the second argument;
+otherwise, the name of the originally
+.\" was .Fn execve Ap d
+\fBexecve\fP'd
+file becomes the first argument.  The original arguments are shifted over to
+become the subsequent arguments.  The zeroth argument, normally the name of the
+.\" was .Fn execve Ap d
+\fBexecve\fP'd
+file, is left unchanged.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa argv
+is a pointer to a null-terminated array of
+character pointers to null-terminated character strings.
+These strings construct the argument list to be made available to the new
+process.  At least one argument must be present in
+the array; by custom, the first element should be
+the name of the executed program (for example, the last component of
+.Fa path ) .
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa envp
+is also a pointer to a null-terminated array of
+character pointers to null-terminated strings.
+A pointer to this array is normally stored in the global variable
+.Va environ.
+These strings pass information to the
+new process that is not directly an argument to the command (see
+.Xr environ 7 ) .
+.Pp
+File descriptors open in the calling process image remain open in
+the new process image, except for those for which the close-on-exec
+flag is set (see
+.Xr close 2
+and
+.Xr fcntl 2 ) .
+Descriptors that remain open are unaffected by
+.Fn execve .
+.Pp
+Signals set to be ignored in the calling process are set to be ignored in
+the
+new process. Signals which are set to be caught in the calling process image
+are set to default action in the new process image.
+Blocked signals remain blocked regardless of changes to the signal action.
+The signal stack is reset to be undefined (see
+.Xr sigaction 2
+for more information).
+.Pp
+If the set-user-ID mode bit of the new process image file is set
+(see
+.Xr chmod 2 ) ,
+the effective user ID of the new process image is set to the owner ID
+of the new process image file.
+If the set-group-ID mode bit of the new process image file is set,
+the effective group ID of the new process image is set to the group ID
+of the new process image file.
+(The effective group ID is the first element of the group list.)
+The real user ID, real group ID and
+other group IDs of the new process image remain the same as the calling
+process image.
+After any set-user-ID and set-group-ID processing,
+the effective user ID is recorded as the saved set-user-ID,
+and the effective group ID is recorded as the saved set-group-ID.
+These values may be used in changing the effective IDs later (see
+.Xr setuid 2 ) .
+.ne 1i
+.Pp
+The new process also inherits the following attributes from
+the calling process:
+.Pp
+.Bl -column parent_process_ID -offset indent -compact
+.It process ID Ta see Xr getpid 2
+.It parent process ID Ta see Xr getppid 2
+.It process group ID Ta see Xr getpgrp 2
+.It access groups Ta see Xr getgroups 2
+.It working directory Ta see Xr chdir 2
+.It root directory Ta see Xr chroot 2
+.It control terminal Ta see Xr termios 4
+.It resource usages Ta see Xr getrusage 2
+.It interval timers Ta see Xr getitimer 2
+.It resource limits Ta see Xr getrlimit 2
+.It file mode mask Ta see Xr umask 2
+.It signal mask Ta see Xr sigvec 2 ,
+.Xr sigsetmask 2
+.El
+.Pp
+When a program is executed as a result of an
+.Fn execve
+call, it is entered as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+main(argc, argv, envp)
+int argc;
+char **argv, **envp;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+where
+.Fa argc
+is the number of elements in
+.Fa argv
+(the ``arg count'')
+and
+.Fa argv
+points to the array of character pointers
+to the arguments themselves.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+As the
+.Fn execve
+function overlays the current process image 
+with a new process image the successful call
+has no process to return to.
+If
+.Fn execve
+does return to the calling process an error has occurred; the
+return value will be -1 and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Execve
+will fail and return to the calling process if:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENAMETOOLONG]
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The pathname contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded 255 characters,
+or an entire path name exceeded 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The new process file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The new process file is not an ordinary file.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The new process file mode denies execute permission.
+.It Bq Er ENOEXEC
+The new process file has the appropriate access
+permission, but has an invalid magic number in its header.
+.It Bq Er ETXTBSY
+The new process file is a pure procedure (shared text)
+file that is currently open for writing or reading by some process.
+.ne 1i
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The new process requires more virtual memory than
+is allowed by the imposed maximum
+.Pq Xr getrlimit 2 .
+.It Bq Er E2BIG
+The number of bytes in the new process's argument list
+is larger than the system-imposed limit.
+The limit in the system as released is 20480 bytes
+.Pf ( Dv NCARGS
+in
+.Ao Pa sys/param.h Ac .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The new process file is not as long as indicated by
+the size values in its header.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Path ,
+.Fa argv ,
+or
+.Fa envp
+point
+to an illegal address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from the file system.
+.El
+.Sh CAVEAT
+If a program is
+.Em setuid
+to a non-super-user, but is executed when
+the real
+.Em uid
+is ``root'', then the program has some of the powers
+of a super-user as well.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr exit 2 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr execl 3 ,
+.Xr environ 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..532bec151b7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)getdirentries.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/3/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 3, 1995
+.Dt GETDIRENTRIES 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getdirentries
+.Nd "get directory entries in a filesystem independent format"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/dirent.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn getdirentries "int fd" "char *buf" "int nbytes" "long *basep"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Getdirentries
+reads directory entries from the directory
+referenced by the file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+into the buffer pointed to by
+.Fa buf ,
+in a filesystem independent format.
+Up to
+.Fa nbytes
+of data will be transferred.
+.Fa Nbytes
+must be greater than or equal to the
+block size associated with the file,
+see
+.Xr stat 2 .
+Some filesystems may not support
+.Fn getdirentries
+with buffers smaller than this size.
+.Pp
+The data in the buffer is a series of
+.Em dirent
+structures each containing the following entries:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+unsigned long	d_fileno;
+unsigned short	d_reclen;
+unsigned char	d_type;
+unsigned char	d_namlen;
+char    	d_name[MAXNAMELEN + 1]; /* see below */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa d_fileno
+entry is a number which is unique for each
+distinct file in the filesystem.
+Files that are linked by hard links (see
+.Xr link 2 )
+have the same
+.Fa d_fileno .
+The
+.Fa d_reclen
+entry is the length, in bytes, of the directory record.
+The
+.Fa d_type
+entry is the type of the file pointed to by the directory record.
+The file type values are defined in
+.Fa <sys/dirent.h> .
+The
+.Fa d_name
+entry contains a null terminated file name.
+The
+.Fa d_namlen
+entry specifies the length of the file name excluding the null byte.
+Thus the actual size of
+.Fa d_name
+may vary from 1 to
+.Dv MAXNAMELEN
+\&+ 1.
+.Pp
+Entries may be separated by extra space.
+The
+.Fa d_reclen
+entry may be used as an offset from the start of a
+.Fa dirent
+structure to the next structure, if any.
+.Pp
+The actual number of bytes transferred is returned.
+The current position pointer associated with
+.Fa fd
+is set to point to the next block of entries.
+The pointer may not advance by the number of bytes returned by
+.Fn getdirentries .
+A value of zero is returned when
+the end of the directory has been reached.
+.Pp
+.Fn Getdirentries
+writes the position of the block read into the location pointed to by
+.Fa basep .
+Alternatively, the current position pointer may be set and retrieved by
+.Xr lseek 2 .
+The current position pointer should only be set to a value returned by
+.Xr lseek 2 ,
+a value returned in the location pointed to by
+.Fa basep ,
+or zero.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If successful, the number of bytes actually transferred is returned.
+Otherwise, -1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Getdirentries
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width [EFAULT]
+.It EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid file descriptor open for reading.
+.It EFAULT
+Either
+.Fa buf
+or
+.Fa basep
+point outside the allocated address space.
+.It EIO
+An
+.Tn I/O
+error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr lseek 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm getdirentries
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b25261cf15ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)getfsstat.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/25/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 25, 1995
+.Dt GETFSSTAT 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getfsstat
+.Nd get list of all mounted filesystems
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/param.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/ucred.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/mount.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn getfsstat "struct statfs *buf" "long bufsize" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Getfsstat
+returns information about all mounted filesystems.
+.Fa Buf
+is a pointer to
+.Xr statfs
+structures defined as follows:
+.Bd -literal
+typedef quad fsid_t;
+
+#define MFSNAMELEN	16	/* length of fs type name, including null */
+#define	MNAMELEN	90	/* length of buffer for returned name */
+
+struct statfs {
+	short	f_type;			/* filesystem type number */
+	short	f_flags;		/* copy of mount flags */
+	long	f_bsize;		/* fundamental file system block size */
+	long	f_iosize;		/* optimal transfer block size */
+	long	f_blocks;		/* total data blocks in file system */
+	long	f_bfree;		/* free blocks in fs */
+	long	f_bavail;		/* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
+	long	f_files;		/* total file nodes in file system */
+	long	f_ffree;		/* free file nodes in fs */
+	fsid_t	f_fsid;			/* file system id */
+	uid_t	f_owner;		/* user that mounted the filesystem */
+	long	f_spare[4];		/* spare for later */
+	char	f_fstypename[MFSNAMELEN]; /* fs type name */
+	char	f_mntonname[MNAMELEN];	/* directory on which mounted */
+	char	f_mntfromname[MNAMELEN];/* mounted filesystem */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The flags that may be returned include:
+.Bl -tag -width MNT_ASYNCHRONOUS
+.It Dv MNT_RDONLY
+The filesystem is mounted read-only;
+Even the super-user may not write on it.
+.It Dv MNT_NOEXEC
+Files may not be executed from the filesystem.
+.It Dv MNT_NOSUID
+Setuid and setgid bits on files are not honored when they are executed.
+.It Dv MNT_NODEV
+Special files in the filesystem may not be opened.
+.It Dv MNT_SYNCHRONOUS
+All I/O to the filesystem is done synchronously.
+.It Dv MNT_ASYNCHRONOUS
+No filesystem I/O is done synchronously.
+.It Dv MNT_LOCAL
+The filesystem resides locally.
+.It Dv MNT_QUOTA
+The filesystem has quotas enabled on it.
+.It Dv MNT_ROOTFS
+Identifies the root filesystem.
+.It Dv MNT_EXRDONLY
+The filesystem is exported read-only.
+.It Dv MNT_EXPORTED
+The filesystem is exported for both reading and writing.
+.It Dv MNT_DEFEXPORTED
+The filesystem is exported for both reading and writing to any Internet host.
+.It Dv MNT_EXPORTANON
+The filesystem maps all remote accesses to the anonymous user.
+.It Dv MNT_EXKERB
+The filesystem is exported with Kerberos uid mapping.
+.El
+.Pp
+Fields that are undefined for a particular filesystem are set to -1.
+The buffer is filled with an array of
+.Fa fsstat
+structures, one for each mounted filesystem
+up to the size specified by
+.Fa bufsize .
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa buf
+is given as NULL,
+.Fn getfsstat
+returns just the number of mounted filesystems.
+.Pp
+Normally
+.Fa flags
+should be specified as
+.Dv MNT_WAIT .
+If
+.Fa flags
+is set to
+.Dv MNT_NOWAIT ,
+.Fn getfsstat
+will return the information it has available without requesting
+an update from each filesystem.
+Thus, some of the information will be out of date, but
+.Fn getfsstat
+will not block waiting for information from a filesystem that is
+unable to respond.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, the number of 
+.Fa fsstat
+structures is returned.
+Otherwise, -1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Getfsstat
+fails if one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It EFAULT
+.Fa Buf
+points to an invalid address.
+.It EIO
+An
+.Tn I/O
+error occurred while reading from or writing to the filesystem.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr statfs 2 ,
+.Xr fstab 5 ,
+.Xr mount 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm getfsstat
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f39501d66f41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getitimer.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/16/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 16, 1995
+.Dt GETITIMER 2
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getitimer ,
+.Nm setitimer
+.Nd get/set value of interval timer
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/time.h>
+.Fd #define ITIMER_REAL		0
+.Fd #define ITIMER_VIRTUAL	1
+.Fd #define ITIMER_PROF		2
+.Ft int
+.Fn getitimer "int which" "struct itimerval *value"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setitimer "int which" "struct itimerval *value" "struct itimerval *ovalue"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The system provides each process with three interval timers,
+defined in
+.Ao Pa sys/time.h Ac .
+The
+.Fn getitimer
+call returns the current value for the timer specified in
+.Fa which
+in the structure at
+.Fa value .
+The
+.Fn setitimer
+call sets a timer to the specified
+.Fa value
+(returning the previous value of the timer if
+.Fa ovalue
+is non-nil).
+.Pp
+A timer value is defined by the 
+.Fa itimerval
+structure:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct itimerval {
+	struct	timeval it_interval;	/* timer interval */
+	struct	timeval it_value;	/* current value */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa it_value
+is non-zero, it indicates the time to the next timer expiration. 
+If
+.Fa it_interval
+is non-zero, it specifies a value to be used in reloading 
+.Fa it_value
+when the timer expires.
+Setting 
+.Fa it_value
+to 0 disables a timer.  Setting 
+.Fa it_interval
+to 0 causes a timer to be disabled after its next expiration (assuming
+.Fa it_value
+is non-zero).
+.Pp
+Time values smaller than the resolution of the
+system clock are rounded up to this resolution
+(typically 10 milliseconds).
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv ITIMER_REAL
+timer decrements in real time.  A
+.Dv SIGALRM
+signal is
+delivered when this timer expires.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv ITIMER_VIRTUAL
+timer decrements in process virtual time.
+It runs only when the process is executing.  A
+.Dv SIGVTALRM
+signal
+is delivered when it expires.
+.Pp
+The
+.Dv ITIMER_PROF
+timer decrements both in process virtual time and
+when the system is running on behalf of the process.  It is designed
+to be used by interpreters in statistically profiling the execution
+of interpreted programs.
+Each time the
+.Dv ITIMER_PROF
+timer expires, the
+.Dv SIGPROF
+signal is
+delivered.  Because this signal may interrupt in-progress
+system calls, programs using this timer must be prepared to
+restart interrupted system calls.
+.Sh NOTES
+Three macros for manipulating time values are defined in
+.Ao Pa sys/time.h Ac .
+.Fa Timerclear
+sets a time value to zero,
+.Fa timerisset
+tests if a time value is non-zero, and
+.Fa timercmp
+compares two time values.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the calls succeed, a value of 0 is returned.  If an error occurs,
+the value -1 is returned, and a more precise error code is placed
+in the global variable
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Getitimer
+and
+.Fn setitimer
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa value
+parameter specified a bad address.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A
+.Fa value
+parameter specified a time that was too large
+to be handled.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr sigvec 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8362d5e26805
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2
@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getsockopt.2	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/2/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 2, 1995
+.Dt GETSOCKOPT 2
+.Os BSD 4.3r
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getsockopt ,
+.Nm setsockopt
+.Nd get and set options on sockets
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn getsockopt "int s" "int level" "int optname" "void *optval" "int *optlen"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setsockopt "int s" "int level" "int optname" "const void *optval" "int optlen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Getsockopt
+and
+.Fn setsockopt
+manipulate the
+.Em options
+associated with a socket.  Options may exist at multiple
+protocol levels; they are always present at the uppermost
+.Dq socket
+level.
+.Pp
+When manipulating socket options the level at which the
+option resides and the name of the option must be specified.
+To manipulate options at the socket level,
+.Fa level
+is specified as
+.Dv SOL_SOCKET .
+To manipulate options at any
+other level the protocol number of the appropriate protocol
+controlling the option is supplied.  For example,
+to indicate that an option is to be interpreted by the
+.Tn TCP
+protocol,
+.Fa level
+should be set to the protocol number of
+.Tn TCP ;
+see
+.Xr getprotoent 3 .
+.Pp
+The parameters
+.Fa optval
+and
+.Fa optlen
+are used to access option values for
+.Fn setsockopt .
+For
+.Fn getsockopt
+they identify a buffer in which the value for the
+requested option(s) are to be returned.  For
+.Fn getsockopt ,
+.Fa optlen
+is a value-result parameter, initially containing the
+size of the buffer pointed to by
+.Fa optval ,
+and modified on return to indicate the actual size of
+the value returned.  If no option value is
+to be supplied or returned,
+.Fa optval
+may be NULL.
+.Pp
+.Fa Optname
+and any specified options are passed uninterpreted to the appropriate
+protocol module for interpretation.
+The include file
+.Ao Pa sys/socket.h Ac
+contains definitions for
+socket level options, described below.
+Options at other protocol levels vary in format and
+name; consult the appropriate entries in
+section
+4 of the manual.
+.Pp
+Most socket-level options utilize an
+.Fa int
+parameter for
+.Fa optval .
+For
+.Fn setsockopt ,
+the parameter should be non-zero to enable a boolean option,
+or zero if the option is to be disabled.
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+uses a
+.Fa struct linger
+parameter, defined in
+.Ao Pa sys/socket.h Ac ,
+which specifies the desired state of the option and the
+linger interval (see below).
+.Dv SO_SNDTIMEO
+and
+.Dv SO_RCVTIMEO
+use a
+.Fa struct timeval
+parameter, defined in
+.Ao Pa sys/time.h Ac .
+.Pp
+The following options are recognized at the socket level.
+Except as noted, each may be examined with
+.Fn getsockopt
+and set with
+.Fn setsockopt .
+.Bl -column SO_OOBINLINE -offset indent
+.It Dv SO_DEBUG Ta "enables recording of debugging information"
+.It Dv SO_REUSEADDR Ta "enables local address reuse"
+.It Dv SO_REUSEPORT Ta "enables duplicate address and port bindings"
+.It Dv SO_KEEPALIVE Ta "enables keep connections alive"
+.It Dv SO_DONTROUTE Ta "enables routing bypass for outgoing messages"
+.It Dv SO_LINGER  Ta "linger on close if data present"
+.It Dv SO_BROADCAST Ta "enables permission to transmit broadcast messages"
+.It Dv SO_OOBINLINE Ta "enables reception of out-of-band data in band"
+.It Dv SO_SNDBUF Ta "set buffer size for output"
+.It Dv SO_RCVBUF Ta "set buffer size for input"
+.It Dv SO_SNDLOWAT Ta "set minimum count for output"
+.It Dv SO_RCVLOWAT Ta "set minimum count for input"
+.It Dv SO_SNDTIMEO Ta "set timeout value for output"
+.It Dv SO_RCVTIMEO Ta "set timeout value for input"
+.It Dv SO_TYPE Ta "get the type of the socket (get only)"
+.It Dv SO_ERROR Ta "get and clear error on the socket (get only)"
+.El
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_DEBUG
+enables debugging in the underlying protocol modules.
+.Dv SO_REUSEADDR
+indicates that the rules used in validating addresses supplied
+in a
+.Xr bind 2
+call should allow reuse of local addresses.
+.Dv SO_REUSEPORT
+allows completely duplicate bindings by multiple processes
+if they all set
+.Dv SO_REUSEPORT
+before binding the port.
+This option permits multiple instances of a program to each
+receive UDP/IP multicast or broadcast datagrams destined for the bound port.
+.Dv SO_KEEPALIVE
+enables the
+periodic transmission of messages on a connected socket.  Should the
+connected party fail to respond to these messages, the connection is
+considered broken and processes using the socket are notified via a
+.Dv SIGPIPE
+signal when attempting to send data.
+.Dv SO_DONTROUTE
+indicates that outgoing messages should
+bypass the standard routing facilities.  Instead, messages are directed
+to the appropriate network interface according to the network portion
+of the destination address.
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+controls the action taken when unsent messages
+are queued on socket and a 
+.Xr close 2
+is performed.
+If the socket promises reliable delivery of data and
+.Dv SO_LINGER is set,
+the system will block the process on the 
+.Xr close
+attempt until it is able to transmit the data or until it decides it
+is unable to deliver the information (a timeout period, termed the
+linger interval, is specified in seconds in the
+.Fn setsockopt
+call when
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+is requested). 
+If
+.Dv SO_LINGER
+is disabled and a 
+.Xr close
+is issued, the system will process the close in a manner that allows
+the process to continue as quickly as possible.
+.Pp
+The option
+.Dv SO_BROADCAST
+requests permission to send broadcast datagrams
+on the socket.
+Broadcast was a privileged operation in earlier versions of the system.
+With protocols that support out-of-band data, the
+.Dv SO_OOBINLINE
+option
+requests that out-of-band data be placed in the normal data input queue
+as received; it will then be accessible with
+.Xr recv
+or
+.Xr read
+calls without the
+.Dv MSG_OOB
+flag.
+Some protocols always behave as if this option is set.
+.Dv SO_SNDBUF
+and
+.Dv SO_RCVBUF
+are options to adjust the normal
+buffer sizes allocated for output and input buffers, respectively.
+The buffer size may be increased for high-volume connections,
+or may be decreased to limit the possible backlog of incoming data.
+The system places an absolute limit on these values.
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_SNDLOWAT
+is an option to set the minimum count for output operations.
+Most output operations process all of the data supplied
+by the call, delivering data to the protocol for transmission
+and blocking as necessary for flow control.
+Nonblocking output operations will process as much data as permitted
+subject to flow control without blocking, but will process no data
+if flow control does not allow the smaller of the low water mark value
+or the entire request to be processed.
+A
+.Xr select 2
+operation testing the ability to write to a socket will return true
+only if the low water mark amount could be processed.
+The default value for
+.Dv SO_SNDLOWAT
+is set to a convenient size for network efficiency, often 1024.
+.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+is an option to set the minimum count for input operations.
+In general, receive calls will block until any (non-zero) amount of data
+is received, then return with the smaller of the amount available or the amount
+requested.
+The default value for
+.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+is 1.
+If 
+.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
+is set to a larger value, blocking receive calls normally
+wait until they have received the smaller of the low water mark value
+or the requested amount.
+Receive calls may still return less than the low water mark if an error
+occurs, a signal is caught, or the type of data next in the receive queue
+is different than that returned.
+.Pp
+.Dv SO_SNDTIMEO
+is an option to set a timeout value for output operations.
+It accepts a
+.Fa struct timeval
+parameter with the number of seconds and microseconds
+used to limit waits for output operations to complete.
+If a send operation has blocked for this much time,
+it returns with a partial count
+or with the error
+.Er EWOULDBLOCK
+if no data were sent.
+In the current implementation, this timer is restarted each time additional
+data are delivered to the protocol,
+implying that the limit applies to output portions ranging in size
+from the low water mark to the high water mark for output.
+.Dv SO_RCVTIMEO
+is an option to set a timeout value for input operations.
+It accepts a
+.Fa struct timeval
+parameter with the number of seconds and microseconds
+used to limit waits for input operations to complete.
+In the current implementation, this timer is restarted each time additional
+data are received by the protocol,
+and thus the limit is in effect an inactivity timer.
+If a receive operation has been blocked for this much time without
+receiving additional data, it returns with a short count
+or with the error
+.Er EWOULDBLOCK
+if no data were received.
+.Pp
+Finally,
+.Dv SO_TYPE
+and
+.Dv SO_ERROR
+are options used only with
+.Fn getsockopt .
+.Dv SO_TYPE
+returns the type of the socket, such as
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM ;
+it is useful for servers that inherit sockets on startup.
+.Dv SO_ERROR
+returns any pending error on the socket and clears
+the error status.
+It may be used to check for asynchronous errors on connected
+datagram sockets or for other asynchronous errors.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+A 0 is returned if the call succeeds, -1 if it fails.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The call succeeds unless:
+.Bl -tag -width ENOPROTOOPTAA
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is not a valid descriptor.
+.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
+The argument
+.Fa s
+is a file, not a socket.
+.It Bq Er ENOPROTOOPT
+The option is unknown at the level indicated.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The address pointed to by 
+.Fa optval
+is not in a valid part of the process address space.
+For
+.Fn getsockopt ,
+this error may also be returned if
+.Fa optlen
+is not in a valid part of the process address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ioctl 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2 ,
+.Xr getprotoent 3
+.Xr protocols 5
+.Sh BUGS
+Several of the socket options should be handled at lower levels of the system.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+system call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 b/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b4d04295c7e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)gettimeofday.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/26/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 26, 1995
+.Dt GETTIMEOFDAY 2
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm gettimeofday ,
+.Nm settimeofday
+.Nd get/set date and time
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/time.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn gettimeofday "struct timeval *tp" "struct timezone *tzp"
+.Ft int
+.Fn settimeofday "struct timeval *tp" "struct timezone *tzp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+Note: timezone is no longer used; this information is kept outside
+the kernel.
+.Ef
+The system's notion of the current Greenwich time and the current time
+zone is obtained with the
+.Fn gettimeofday
+call, and set with the
+.Fn settimeofday
+call.  The time is expressed in seconds and microseconds
+since midnight (0 hour), January 1, 1970.  The resolution of the system
+clock is hardware dependent, and the time may be updated continuously or
+in ``ticks.''  If
+.Fa tp
+or
+.Fa tzp
+is NULL, the associated time
+information will not be returned or set.
+.Pp
+The structures pointed to by
+.Fa tp
+and
+.Fa tzp
+are defined in 
+.Ao Pa sys/time.h Ac
+as:
+.Pp
+.Bd -literal
+struct timeval {
+	long	tv_sec;		/* seconds since Jan. 1, 1970 */
+	long	tv_usec;	/* and microseconds */
+};
+
+struct timezone {
+	int	tz_minuteswest; /* of Greenwich */
+	int	tz_dsttime;	/* type of dst correction to apply */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The 
+.Fa timezone
+structure indicates the local time zone
+(measured in minutes of time westward from Greenwich),
+and a flag that, if nonzero, indicates that
+Daylight Saving time applies locally during
+the appropriate part of the year.
+.Pp
+Only the super-user may set the time of day or time zone.
+If the system is running in secure mode (see
+.Xr init 8 ),
+the time may only be advanced.
+This limitation is imposed to prevent a malicious super-user
+from setting arbitrary time stamps on files.
+The system time can still be adjusted backwards using the
+.Xr adjtime 2
+system call even when the system is secure.
+.Sh RETURN
+A 0 return value indicates that the call succeeded.
+A -1 return value indicates an error occurred, and in this
+case an error code is stored into the global variable
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following error codes may be set in
+.Va errno :
+.Bl -tag -width [EFAULT]
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+An argument address referenced invalid memory.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+A user other than the super-user attempted to set the time.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr date 1 ,
+.Xr adjtime 2 ,
+.Xr ctime 3 ,
+.Xr timed 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 b/lib/libc/sys/intro.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ddda2ba6aada
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/intro.2
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1983, 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)intro.2	8.5 (Berkeley) 2/27/95
+.\"
+.Dd February 27, 1995
+.Dt INTRO 2
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm intro
+.Nd introduction to system calls and error numbers
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/errno.h>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This section provides an overview of the system calls,
+their error returns, and other common definitions and concepts.
+.\".Pp
+.\".Sy System call restart
+.\".Pp
+.\"<more later...>
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Nearly all of the system calls provide an error number in the external
+variable
+.Va errno ,
+which is defined as:
+.Pp
+.Dl extern int errno
+.Pp
+When a system call detects an error,
+it returns an integer value
+indicating failure (usually -1)
+and sets the variable
+.Va errno
+accordingly.
+<This allows interpretation of the failure on receiving
+a -1 and to take action accordingly.>
+Successful calls never set
+.Va errno ;
+once set, it remains until another error occurs.
+It should only be examined after an error.
+Note that a number of system calls overload the meanings of these
+error numbers, and that the meanings must be interpreted according
+to the type and circumstances of the call.
+.Pp
+The following is a complete list of the errors and their
+names as given in
+.Aq Pa sys/errno.h .
+.Bl -hang -width Ds
+.It Er 0 Em "Error 0" .
+Not used.
+.It Er 1 EPERM Em "Operation not permitted" .
+An attempt was made to perform an operation limited to processes
+with appropriate privileges or to the owner of a file or other
+resources.
+.It Er 2 ENOENT Em "No such file or directory" .
+A component of a specified pathname did not exist, or the 
+pathname was an empty string.
+.It Er 3 ESRCH Em "No such process" .
+No process could be found corresponding to that specified by the given
+process ID.
+.It Er 4 EINTR Em "Interrupted function call" .
+An asynchronous signal (such as
+.Dv SIGINT
+or
+.Dv SIGQUIT )
+was caught by the process during the execution of an interruptible
+function. If the signal handler performs a normal return, the
+interrupted function call will seem to have returned the error condition.
+.It Er 5 EIO Em "Input/output error" .
+Some physical input or output error occurred.
+This error will not be reported until a subsequent operation on the same file
+descriptor and may be lost (over written) by any subsequent errors.
+.It Er 6 ENXIO Em "\&No such device or address" .
+Input or output on a special file referred to a device that did not
+exist, or
+made a request beyond the limits of the device.
+This error may also occur when, for example,
+a tape drive is not online or no disk pack is
+loaded on a drive.
+.It Er 7 E2BIG Em "Arg list too long" .
+The number of bytes used for the argument and environment
+list of the new process exceeded the current limit
+of 20480 bytes
+.Pf ( Dv NCARGS
+in
+.Aq Pa sys/param.h ) .
+.It Er 8 ENOEXEC Em "Exec format error" .
+A request was made to execute a file
+that, although it has the appropriate permissions,
+was not in the format required for an
+executable file.
+.It Er 9 EBADF Em "Bad file descriptor" .
+A file descriptor argument was out of range, referred to no open file,
+or a read (write) request was made to a file that was only open for
+writing (reading).
+.sp
+.It Er 10 ECHILD Em "\&No child processes" .
+A
+.Xr wait
+or
+.Xr waitpid
+function was executed by a process that had no existing or unwaited-for
+child processes.
+.It Er 11 EDEADLK Em "Resource deadlock avoided" .
+An attempt was made to lock a system resource that
+would have resulted in a deadlock situation.
+.It Er 12 ENOMEM Em "Cannot allocate memory" .
+The new process image required more memory than was allowed by the hardware
+or by system-imposed memory management constraints.
+A lack of swap space is normally temporary; however,
+a lack of core is not.
+Soft limits may be increased to their corresponding hard limits.
+.It Er 13 EACCES Em "Permission denied" .
+An attempt was made to access a file in a way forbidden
+by its file access permissions.
+.It Er 14 EFAULT Em "Bad address" .
+The system detected an invalid address in attempting to
+use an argument of a call.
+.It Er 15 ENOTBLK Em "Not a block device" .
+A block device operation was attempted on a non-block device or file.
+.It Er 16 EBUSY Em "Resource busy" .
+An attempt to use a system resource which was in use at the time
+in a manner which would have conflicted with the request.
+.It Er 17 EEXIST Em "File exists" .
+An existing file was mentioned in an inappropriate context,
+for instance, as the new link name in a
+.Xr link
+function.
+.It Er 18 EXDEV Em "Improper link" .
+A hard link to a file on another file system
+was attempted.
+.It Er 19 ENODEV Em "Operation not supported by device" .
+An attempt was made to apply an inappropriate
+function to a device,
+for example,
+trying to read a write-only device such as a printer.
+.It Er 20 ENOTDIR Em "Not a directory" .
+A component of the specified pathname existed, but it was
+not a directory, when a directory was expected.
+.It Er 21 EISDIR Em "Is a directory" .
+An attempt was made to open a directory with write mode specified.
+.It Er 22 EINVAL Em "Invalid argument" .
+Some invalid argument was supplied. (For example,
+specifying an undefined signal to a
+.Xr signal
+or
+.Xr kill
+function).
+.It Er 23 ENFILE Em "Too many open files in system" .
+Maximum number of file descriptors allowable on the system
+has been reached and a requests for an open cannot be satisfied
+until at least one has been closed.
+.It Er 24 EMFILE Em "Too many open files" .
+<As released, the limit on the number of
+open files per process is 64.>
+.Xr Getdtablesize 2
+will obtain the current limit.
+.It Er 25 ENOTTY Em "Inappropriate ioctl for device" .
+A control function (see
+.Xr ioctl 2 )
+was attempted for a file or
+special device for which the operation was inappropriate.
+.It Er 26 ETXTBSY Em "Text file busy" .
+The new process was a pure procedure (shared text) file
+which was open for writing by another process, or
+while the pure procedure file was being executed an
+.Xr open
+call requested write access.
+.It Er 27 EFBIG Em "File too large" .
+The size of a file exceeded the maximum (about
+.if t 2\u\s-231\s+2\d
+.if n 2.1E9
+bytes).
+.It Er 28 ENOSPC Em "Device out of space" .
+A
+.Xr write
+to an ordinary file, the creation of a
+directory or symbolic link, or the creation of a directory
+entry failed because no more disk blocks were available
+on the file system, or the allocation of an inode for a newly
+created file failed because no more inodes were available
+on the file system.
+.It Er 29 ESPIPE Em "Illegal seek" .
+An
+.Xr lseek
+function was issued on a socket, pipe or
+.Tn FIFO .
+.It Er 30 EROFS Em "Read-only file system" .
+An attempt was made to modify a file or directory
+was made
+on a file system that was read-only at the time.
+.It Er 31 EMLINK Em "Too many links" .
+Maximum allowable hard links to a single file has been exceeded (limit
+of 32767 hard links per file).
+.It Er 32 EPIPE Em "Broken pipe" .
+A write on a pipe, socket or
+.Tn FIFO
+for which there is no process
+to read the data.
+.It Er 33 EDOM Em "Numerical argument out of domain" .
+A numerical input argument was outside the defined domain of the mathematical
+function.
+.It Er 34 ERANGE Em "Numerical result out of range" .
+A numerical result of the function was too large to fit in the
+available space (perhaps exceeded precision).
+.It Er 35 EAGAIN Em "Resource temporarily unavailable" .
+This is a temporary condition and later calls to the
+same routine may complete normally.
+.It Er 36 EINPROGRESS Em "Operation now in progress" .
+An operation that takes a long time to complete (such as
+a
+.Xr connect 2 )
+was attempted on a non-blocking object (see
+.Xr fcntl 2 ) .
+.It Er 37 EALREADY Em "Operation already in progress" .
+An operation was attempted on a non-blocking object that already
+had an operation in progress.
+.It Er 38 ENOTSOCK Em "Socket operation on non-socket" .
+Self-explanatory.
+.It Er 39 EDESTADDRREQ Em "Destination address required" .
+A required address was omitted from an operation on a socket.
+.It Er 40 EMSGSIZE Em "Message too long" .
+A message sent on a socket was larger than the internal message buffer
+or some other network limit.
+.It Er 41 EPROTOTYPE Em "Protocol wrong type for socket" .
+A protocol was specified that does not support the semantics of the
+socket type requested. For example, you cannot use the
+.Tn ARPA
+Internet
+.Tn UDP
+protocol with type
+.Dv SOCK_STREAM .
+.It Er 42 ENOPROTOOPT Em "Protocol not available" .
+A bad option or level was specified in a
+.Xr getsockopt 2
+or
+.Xr setsockopt 2
+call.
+.It Er 43 EPROTONOSUPPORT Em "Protocol not supported" .
+The protocol has not been configured into the
+system or no implementation for it exists.
+.It Er 44 ESOCKTNOSUPPORT Em "Socket type not supported" .
+The support for the socket type has not been configured into the
+system or no implementation for it exists.
+.It Er 45 EOPNOTSUPP Em "Operation not supported" .
+The attempted operation is not supported for the type of object referenced.
+Usually this occurs when a file descriptor refers to a file or socket
+that cannot support this operation,
+for example, trying to
+.Em accept
+a connection on a datagram socket.
+.It Er 46 EPFNOSUPPORT Em "Protocol family not supported" .
+The protocol family has not been configured into the
+system or no implementation for it exists.
+.It Er 47 EAFNOSUPPORT Em "Address family not supported by protocol family" .
+An address incompatible with the requested protocol was used.
+For example, you shouldn't necessarily expect to be able to use
+.Tn NS
+addresses with
+.Tn ARPA
+Internet protocols.
+.It Er 48 EADDRINUSE Em "Address already in use" .
+Only one usage of each address is normally permitted.
+.sp
+.It Er 49 EADDRNOTAVAIL Em "Cannot assign requested address" .
+Normally results from an attempt to create a socket with an
+address not on this machine.
+.It Er 50 ENETDOWN Em "Network is down" .
+A socket operation encountered a dead network.
+.It Er 51 ENETUNREACH Em "Network is unreachable" .
+A socket operation was attempted to an unreachable network.
+.It Er 52 ENETRESET Em "Network dropped connection on reset" .
+The host you were connected to crashed and rebooted.
+.It Er 53 ECONNABORTED Em "Software caused connection abort" .
+A connection abort was caused internal to your host machine.
+.It Er 54 ECONNRESET Em "Connection reset by peer" .
+A connection was forcibly closed by a peer.  This normally
+results from a loss of the connection on the remote socket
+due to a timeout or a reboot.
+.It Er 55 ENOBUFS Em "\&No buffer space available" .
+An operation on a socket or pipe was not performed because
+the system lacked sufficient buffer space or because a queue was full.
+.It Er 56 EISCONN Em "Socket is already connected" .
+A
+.Xr connect
+request was made on an already connected socket; or,
+a
+.Xr sendto
+or
+.Xr sendmsg
+request on a connected socket specified a destination
+when already connected.
+.It Er 57 ENOTCONN Em "Socket is not connected" .
+An request to send or receive data was disallowed because
+the socket was not connected and (when sending on a datagram socket)
+no address was supplied.
+.It Er 58 ESHUTDOWN Em "Cannot send after socket shutdown" .
+A request to send data was disallowed because the socket
+had already been shut down with a previous
+.Xr shutdown 2
+call.
+.It Er 60 ETIMEDOUT Em "Operation timed out" .
+A
+.Xr connect
+or
+.Xr send
+request failed because the connected party did not
+properly respond after a period of time.  (The timeout
+period is dependent on the communication protocol.)
+.It Er 61 ECONNREFUSED Em "Connection refused" .
+No connection could be made because the target machine actively
+refused it.  This usually results from trying to connect
+to a service that is inactive on the foreign host.
+.It Er 62 ELOOP Em "Too many levels of symbolic links" .
+A path name lookup involved more than 8 symbolic links.
+.It Er 63 ENAMETOOLONG Em "File name too long" .
+A component of a path name exceeded 255
+.Pq Dv MAXNAMELEN
+characters, or an entire
+path name exceeded 1023
+.Pq Dv MAXPATHLEN Ns -1
+characters.
+.It Er 64 EHOSTDOWN Em "Host is down" .
+A socket operation failed because the destination host was down.
+.It Er 65 EHOSTUNREACH Em "No route to host" .
+A socket operation was attempted to an unreachable host.
+.It Er 66 ENOTEMPTY Em "Directory not empty" .
+A directory with entries other than
+.Ql \&.
+and
+.Ql \&..
+was supplied to a remove directory or rename call.
+.It Er 67 EPROCLIM Em "Too many processes" .
+.It Er 68 EUSERS Em "Too many users" .
+The quota system ran out of table entries.
+.It Er 69 EDQUOT Em "Disc quota exceeded" .
+A 
+.Xr write
+to an ordinary file, the creation of a
+directory or symbolic link, or the creation of a directory
+entry failed because the user's quota of disk blocks was
+exhausted, or the allocation of an inode for a newly
+created file failed because the user's quota of inodes
+was exhausted.
+.ne 1i
+.It Er 70 ESTALE Em "Stale NFS file handle" .
+An attempt was made to access an open file (on an
+.Tn NFS
+filesystem)
+which is now unavailable as referenced by the file descriptor.  
+This may indicate the file was deleted on the
+.Tn NFS 
+server or some 
+other catastrophic event occurred.
+.It Er 72 EBADRPC Em "RPC struct is bad" .
+Exchange of
+.Tn RPC
+information was unsuccessful.
+.It Er 73 ERPCMISMATCH Em "RPC version wrong" .
+The version of
+.Tn RPC
+on the remote peer is not compatible with
+the local version.
+.It Er 74 EPROGUNAVAIL Em "RPC prog. not avail" .
+The requested program is not registered on the remote host.
+.It Er 75 EPROGMISMATCH Em "Program version wrong" .
+The requested version of the program is not available 
+on the remote host
+.Pq Tn RPC .
+.It Er 76 EPROCUNAVAIL Em "Bad procedure for program" .
+An
+.Tn RPC
+call was attempted for a procedure which doesn't exist
+in the remote program.
+.It Er 77 ENOLCK Em "No locks available" .
+A system-imposed limit on the number of simultaneous file 
+locks was reached.
+.It Er 78 ENOSYS Em "Function not implemented" .
+Attempted a system call that is not available on this 
+system.
+.Sh DEFINITIONS
+.Bl -tag -width Ds
+.It  Process ID .
+Each active process in the system is uniquely identified by a non-negative
+integer called a process ID.  The range of this ID is from 0 to 30000.
+.It  Parent process ID
+A new process is created by a currently active process; (see
+.Xr fork 2 ) .
+The parent process ID of a process is initially the process ID of its creator.
+If the creating process exits,
+the parent process ID of each child is set to the ID of a system process,
+.Xr init .
+.It  Process Group
+Each active process is a member of a process group that is identified by
+a non-negative integer called the process group ID.  This is the process
+ID of the group leader.  This grouping permits the signaling of related
+processes (see
+.Xr termios 4 )
+and the job control mechanisms of
+.Xr csh 1 .
+.It Session
+A session is a set of one or more process groups.
+A session is created by a successful call to
+.Xr setsid 2 ,
+which causes the caller to become the only member of the only process
+group in the new session.
+.It Session leader
+A process that has created a new session by a successful call to
+.Xr setsid 2 ,
+is known as a session leader.
+Only a session leader may acquire a terminal as its controlling terminal (see
+.Xr termios 4 ) .
+.It Controlling process
+A session leader with a controlling terminal is a controlling process.
+.It Controlling terminal
+A terminal that is associated with a session is known as the controlling
+terminal for that session and its members.
+.ne 1i
+.It  "Terminal Process Group ID"
+A terminal may be acquired by a session leader as its controlling terminal.
+Once a terminal is associated with a session, any of the process groups
+within the session may be placed into the foreground by setting
+the terminal process group ID to the ID of the process group.
+This facility is used
+to arbitrate between multiple jobs contending for the same terminal;
+(see
+.Xr csh 1
+and
+.Xr tty 4 ) .
+.It  "Orphaned Process Group"
+A process group is considered to be
+.Em orphaned
+if it is not under the control of a job control shell.
+More precisely, a process group is orphaned
+when none of its members has a parent process that is in the same session
+as the group,
+but is in a different process group.
+Note that when a process exits, the parent process for its children
+is changed to be
+.Xr init ,
+which is in a separate session.
+Not all members of an orphaned process group are necessarily orphaned
+processes (those whose creating process has exited).
+The process group of a session leader is orphaned by definition.
+.It "Real User ID and Real Group ID"
+Each user on the system is identified by a positive integer
+termed the real user ID.
+.Pp
+Each user is also a member of one or more groups. 
+One of these groups is distinguished from others and
+used in implementing accounting facilities.  The positive
+integer corresponding to this distinguished group is termed 
+the real group ID.
+.Pp
+All processes have a real user ID and real group ID.
+These are initialized from the equivalent attributes
+of the process that created it.
+.It "Effective User Id, Effective Group Id, and Group Access List"
+Access to system resources is governed by two values:
+the effective user ID, and the group access list.
+The first member of the group access list is also known as the
+effective group ID.
+(In POSIX.1, the group access list is known as the set of supplementary
+group IDs, and it is unspecified whether the effective group ID is
+a member of the list.)
+.Pp
+The effective user ID and effective group ID are initially the
+process's real user ID and real group ID respectively.  Either
+may be modified through execution of a set-user-ID or set-group-ID
+file (possibly by one its ancestors) (see
+.Xr execve 2 ) .
+By convention, the effective group ID (the first member of the group access
+list) is duplicated, so that the execution of a set-group-ID program
+does not result in the loss of the original (real) group ID.
+.Pp
+The group access list is a set of group IDs
+used only in determining resource accessibility.  Access checks
+are performed as described below in ``File Access Permissions''.
+.It  "Saved Set User ID and Saved Set Group ID"
+When a process executes a new file, the effective user ID is set
+to the owner of the file if the file is set-user-ID, and the effective
+group ID (first element of the group access list) is set to the group
+of the file if the file is set-group-ID.
+The effective user ID of the process is then recorded as the saved set-user-ID,
+and the effective group ID of the process is recorded as the saved set-group-ID.
+These values may be used to regain those values as the effective user
+or group ID after reverting to the real ID (see
+.Xr setuid 2 ) .
+(In POSIX.1, the saved set-user-ID and saved set-group-ID are optional,
+and are used in setuid and setgid, but this does not work as desired
+for the super-user.)
+.It  Super-user
+A process is recognized as a
+.Em super-user
+process and is granted special privileges if its effective user ID is 0.
+.ne 1i
+.It  Special Processes
+The processes with process IDs of 0, 1, and 2 are special.
+Process 0 is the scheduler.  Process 1 is the initialization process
+.Xr init ,
+and is the ancestor of every other process in the system.
+It is used to control the process structure.
+Process 2 is the paging daemon.
+.It  Descriptor
+An integer assigned by the system when a file is referenced
+by
+.Xr open 2
+or
+.Xr dup 2 ,
+or when a socket is created by
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr socket 2
+or
+.Xr socketpair 2 ,
+which uniquely identifies an access path to that file or socket from
+a given process or any of its children.
+.It  File Name
+Names consisting of up to 255
+.Pq Dv MAXNAMELEN
+characters may be used to name
+an ordinary file, special file, or directory.
+.Pp
+These characters may be selected from the set of all
+.Tn ASCII
+character
+excluding 0 (NUL) and the
+.Tn ASCII
+code for
+.Ql \&/
+(slash).  (The parity bit,
+bit 7, must be 0.)
+.Pp
+Note that it is generally unwise to use
+.Ql \&* ,
+.Ql \&? ,
+.Ql \&[
+or
+.Ql \&]
+as part of
+file names because of the special meaning attached to these characters
+by the shell.
+.It  Path Name
+A path name is a
+.Tn NUL Ns -terminated
+character string starting with an
+optional slash
+.Ql \&/ ,
+followed by zero or more directory names separated
+by slashes, optionally followed by a file name.
+The total length of a path name must be less than 1024
+.Pq Dv MAXPATHLEN
+characters.
+.Pp
+If a path name begins with a slash, the path search begins at the
+.Em root
+directory.
+Otherwise, the search begins from the current working directory.
+A slash by itself names the root directory.  An empty
+pathname refers to the current directory.
+.It  Directory
+A directory is a special type of file that contains entries
+that are references to other files.
+Directory entries are called links.  By convention, a directory
+contains at least two links,
+.Ql \&.
+and
+.Ql \&.. ,
+referred to as
+.Em dot
+and
+.Em dot-dot
+respectively.  Dot refers to the directory itself and
+dot-dot refers to its parent directory.
+.It "Root Directory and Current Working Directory"
+Each process has associated with it a concept of a root directory
+and a current working directory for the purpose of resolving path
+name searches.  A process's root directory need not be the root
+directory of the root file system.
+.It  File Access Permissions
+Every file in the file system has a set of access permissions.
+These permissions are used in determining whether a process
+may perform a requested operation on the file (such as opening
+a file for writing).  Access permissions are established at the
+time a file is created.  They may be changed at some later time
+through the 
+.Xr chmod 2
+call. 
+.Pp
+File access is broken down according to whether a file may be: read,
+written, or executed.  Directory files use the execute
+permission to control if the directory may be searched. 
+.Pp
+File access permissions are interpreted by the system as
+they apply to three different classes of users: the owner
+of the file, those users in the file's group, anyone else.
+Every file has an independent set of access permissions for
+each of these classes.  When an access check is made, the system
+decides if permission should be granted by checking the access
+information applicable to the caller.
+.Pp
+Read, write, and execute/search permissions on
+a file are granted to a process if:
+.Pp
+The process's effective user ID is that of the super-user. (Note:
+even the super-user cannot execute a non-executable file.)
+.Pp
+The process's effective user ID matches the user ID of the owner
+of the file and the owner permissions allow the access.
+.Pp
+The process's effective user ID does not match the user ID of the
+owner of the file, and either the process's effective
+group ID matches the group ID
+of the file, or the group ID of the file is in
+the process's group access list,
+and the group permissions allow the access.
+.Pp
+Neither the effective user ID nor effective group ID
+and group access list of the process
+match the corresponding user ID and group ID of the file,
+but the permissions for ``other users'' allow access.
+.Pp
+Otherwise, permission is denied.
+.It  Sockets and Address Families
+.Pp
+A socket is an endpoint for communication between processes.
+Each socket has queues for sending and receiving data.
+.Pp
+Sockets are typed according to their communications properties.
+These properties include whether messages sent and received
+at a socket require the name of the partner, whether communication
+is reliable, the format used in naming message recipients, etc.
+.Pp
+Each instance of the system supports some
+collection of socket types; consult
+.Xr socket 2
+for more information about the types available and
+their properties.
+.Pp
+Each instance of the system supports some number of sets of
+communications protocols.  Each protocol set supports addresses
+of a certain format.  An Address Family is the set of addresses
+for a specific group of protocols.  Each socket has an address
+chosen from the address family in which the socket was created.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr intro 3 ,
+.Xr perror 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..73131349831f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)mmap.2	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/11/95
+.\"
+.Dd "May 11, 1995"
+.Dt MMAP 2
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mmap
+.Nd map files or devices into memory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/mman.h>
+.Ft caddr_t
+.Fn mmap "caddr_t addr" "size_t len" "int prot" "int flags" "int fd" "off_t offset"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm mmap
+function causes the pages starting at
+.Fa addr
+and continuing for at most
+.Fa len
+bytes to be mapped from the object described by
+.Fa fd ,
+starting at byte offset
+.Fa offset .
+If
+.Fa len
+is not a multiple of the pagesize, the mapped region may extend past the
+specified range.
+Any such extension beyond the end of the mapped object will be zero-filled.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa addr
+is non-zero, it is used as a hint to the system.
+(As a convenience to the system, the actual address of the region may differ
+from the address supplied.)
+If
+.Fa addr
+is zero, an address will be selected by the system.
+The actual starting address of the region is returned.
+A successful
+.Fa mmap
+deletes any previous mapping in the allocated address range.
+.Pp
+The protections (region accessibility) are specified in the
+.Fa prot
+argument by
+.Em or Ns 'ing
+the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width MAP_FIXEDX
+.It Dv PROT_EXEC
+Pages may be executed.
+.It Dv PROT_READ
+Pages may be read.
+.It Dv PROT_WRITE
+Pages may be written.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+parameter specifies the type of the mapped object, mapping options and
+whether modifications made to the mapped copy of the page are private
+to the process or are to be shared with other references.
+Sharing, mapping type and options are specified in the
+.Fa flags
+argument by
+.Em or Ns 'ing
+the following values:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width MAP_FIXEDX
+.It Dv MAP_ANON
+Map anonymous memory not associated with any specific file.
+The file descriptor used for creating
+.Dv MAP_ANON
+must be \-1.
+The
+.Fa offset
+parameter is ignored.
+.\".It Dv MAP_FILE
+.\"Mapped from a regular file or character-special device memory.
+.It Dv MAP_FIXED
+Do not permit the system to select a different address than the one
+specified.
+If the specified address cannot be used,
+.Nm mmap
+will fail.
+If MAP_FIXED is specified,
+.Fa addr
+must be a multiple of the pagesize.
+Use of this option is discouraged.
+.It Dv MAP_HASSEMAPHORE
+Notify the kernel that the region may contain semaphores and that special
+handling may be necessary.
+.It Dv MAP_INHERIT
+Permit regions to be inherited across
+.Xr exec 2
+system calls.
+.It Dv MAP_PRIVATE
+Modifications are private.
+.It Dv MAP_SHARED
+Modifications are shared.
+.El
+.Pp
+The 
+.Xr close 2
+function does not unmap pages, see
+.Xr munmap 2
+for further information.
+.Pp
+The current design does not allow a process to specify the location of
+swap space.
+In the future we may define an additional mapping type,
+.Dv MAP_SWAP ,
+in which
+the file descriptor argument specifies a file or device to which swapping
+should be done.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Nm mmap
+returns a pointer to the mapped region.
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Mmap
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+The flag
+.Dv PROT_READ
+was specified as part of the
+.Fa prot
+parameter and
+.Fa fd
+was not open for reading.
+The flags
+.Dv MAP_SHARED
+and
+.Dv PROT_WRITE
+were specified as part of the
+.Fa flags
+and
+.Fa prot
+parameters and
+.Fa fd
+was not open for writing.
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa Fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.\"One of
+.\".Dv MAP_ANON
+.\"or
+.\".Dv MAP_FILE
+.\"was not specified as part of the
+.\".Fa flags
+.\"parameter.
+.Dv MAP_FIXED
+was specified and the
+.Fa addr
+parameter was not page aligned or was outside of the
+valid address range for a process.
+.Dv MAP_ANON was specified and
+.Fa fd
+was not \-1.
+.Fa Fd
+did not reference a regular or character special file.
+.Fa Len
+was less than zero.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+.Dv MAP_FIXED
+was specified and the
+.Fa addr
+parameter wasn't available.
+.Dv MAP_ANON
+was specified and insufficient memory was available.
+.Sh "SEE ALSO"
+.Xr getpagesize 2 ,
+.Xr msync 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr mincore 2
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mount.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mount.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0d95386ec3f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/mount.2
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)mount.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/24/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 24, 1995
+.Dt MOUNT 2
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm mount ,
+.Nm unmount
+.Nd mount or dismount a filesystem
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/param.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/mount.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn mount "int type" "const char *dir" "int flags" "caddr_t data"
+.Ft int
+.Fn unmount "const char *dir" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn mount
+function grafts
+a filesystem object onto the system file tree
+at the point
+.Ar dir .
+The argument
+.Ar data
+describes the filesystem object to be mounted.
+The argument
+.Ar type
+tells the kernel how to interpret
+.Ar data
+(See
+.Ar type
+below).
+The contents of the filesystem
+become available through the new mount point
+.Ar dir .
+Any files in
+.Ar dir
+at the time
+of a successful mount are swept under the carpet so to speak, and
+are unavailable until the filesystem is unmounted.
+.Pp
+The following
+.Ar flags
+may be specified to
+suppress default semantics which affect filesystem access.
+.Bl -tag -width MNT_SYNCHRONOUS
+.It Dv MNT_RDONLY
+The filesystem should be treated as read-only;
+Even the super-user may not write on it.
+.It Dv MNT_NOEXEC
+Do not allow files to be executed from the filesystem.
+.It Dv MNT_NOSUID
+Do not honor setuid or setgid bits on files when executing them.
+.It Dv MNT_NODEV
+Do not interpret special files on the filesystem.
+.It Dv MNT_SYNCHRONOUS
+All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously.
+.El
+.Pp
+The flag
+.Dv MNT_UPDATE
+indicates that the mount command is being applied 
+to an already mounted filesystem.
+This allows the mount flags to be changed without requiring
+that the filesystem be unmounted and remounted.
+Some filesystems may not allow all flags to be changed.
+For example,
+most filesystems will not allow a change from read-write to read-only.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa type
+argument names the filesystem.
+The types of filesystems known to the system can be obtained with
+.Xr sysctl 8
+by using the command:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+sysctl vfs
+.Ed
+.Pp
+.Fa Data
+is a pointer to a structure that contains the type
+specific arguments to mount.
+The format for these argument structures is described in the
+manual page for each filesystem.
+By convention filesystem manual pages are named
+by prefixing ``mount_'' to the name of the filesystem as returned by
+.Xr sysctl 8 .
+Thus the
+.Nm NFS
+filesystem is described by the
+.Xr mount_nfs 8
+manual page.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn umount
+function call disassociates the filesystem from the specified
+mount point
+.Fa dir .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument may specify
+.Dv MNT_FORCE
+to specify that the filesystem should be forcibly unmounted even if files are
+still active.
+Active special devices continue to work,
+but any further accesses to any other active files result in errors
+even if the filesystem is later remounted.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn mount
+returns the value 0 if the mount was successful, otherwise -1 is returned
+and the variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Pp
+.Nm Umount
+returns the value 0 if the umount succeeded; otherwise -1 is returned
+and the variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Mount
+will fail when one of the following occurs:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOTBLK]
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the super-user.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded 255 characters,
+or the entire length of a path name exceeded 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating a pathname.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of
+.Fa dir
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of
+.Ar name
+is not a directory,
+or a path prefix of
+.Ar special
+is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A pathname contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+Another process currently holds a reference to
+.Fa dir .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Dir
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors can occur for a
+.Em ufs
+filesystem mount:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOTBLK]
+.It Bq Er ENODEV
+A component of ufs_args
+.Ar fspec
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENOTBLK
+.Ar Fspec
+is not a block device.
+.It Bq Er ENXIO
+The major device number of 
+.Ar fspec
+is out of range (this indicates no device driver exists
+for the associated hardware).
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+.Ar Fspec
+is already mounted.
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+No space remains in the mount table.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The super block for the filesystem had a bad magic
+number or an out of range block size.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Not enough memory was available to read the cylinder
+group information for the filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading the super block or
+cylinder group information.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Ar Fspec
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors can occur for a
+.Em nfs
+filesystem mount:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOTBLK]
+.It Bq Er ETIMEDOUT
+.Em Nfs
+timed out trying to contact the server.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Some part of the information described by nfs_args
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+The following errors can occur for a
+.Em mfs
+filesystem mount:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOTBLK]
+.It Bq Er EMFILE
+No space remains in the mount table.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The super block for the filesystem had a bad magic
+number or an out of range block size.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Not enough memory was available to read the cylinder
+group information for the filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+A paging error occurred while reading the super block or
+cylinder group information.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Em Name
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Nm Umount
+may fail with one of the following errors:
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOTBLK]
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller is not the super-user.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The pathname contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded 255 characters,
+or an entire path name exceeded 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The requested directory is not in the mount table.
+.It Bq Er EBUSY
+A process is holding a reference to a file located
+on the filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while writing cached filesystem information.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Dir
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Pp
+A
+.Em ufs
+or
+.Em mfs
+mount can also fail if the maximum number of filesystems are currently
+mounted.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr mount 8 ,
+.Xr umount 8 ,
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh BUGS
+Some of the error codes need translation to more obvious messages.
+.Sh HISTORY
+.Fn Mount
+and
+.Fn umount
+function calls appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/msync.2 b/lib/libc/sys/msync.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2e648c4725ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/msync.2
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)msync.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 6/21/94
+.\"
+.Dd June 21, 1994
+.Dt MSYNC 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm msync
+.Nd synchronize a mapped region
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fn msync "caddr_t addr" "int len"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn msync
+system call
+writes any modified pages back to the filesystem and updates
+the file modification time.
+If
+.Fa len
+is 0, all modified pages within the region containing
+.Fa addr
+will be flushed;
+if
+.Fa len
+is non-zero, only the pages containing
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa len
+succeeding locations will be examined.
+Any required synchronization of memory caches
+will also take place at this time.
+Filesystem operations on a file that is mapped for shared modifications
+are unpredictable except after an
+.Fn msync .
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following errors may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa addr
+parameter was not page aligned.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa addr
+parameter did not specify an address part of a mapped region.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa len
+parameter was negative.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occured while writing to the file system.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr mincore 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn msync
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/munmap.2 b/lib/libc/sys/munmap.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..97692afd764b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/munmap.2
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)munmap.2	8.3 (Berkeley) 5/27/94
+.\"
+.Dd May 27, 1994
+.Dt MUNMAP 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm munmap
+.Nd remove a mapping
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fn munmap "caddr_t addr" "size_t len"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn munmap
+system call
+deletes the mappings for the specified address range,
+and causes further references to addresses within the range
+to generate invalid memory references.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion,
+.Nm munmap
+returns zero.
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Munmap
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa addr
+parameter was not page aligned, the
+.Fa len
+parameter was negative, or
+some part of the region being unmapped is outside the
+valid address range for a process.
+.Sh "SEE ALSO"
+.Xr getpagesize 2 ,
+.Xr msync 2 ,
+.Xr munmap 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr mincore 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn munmap
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..1bcdb8bc67d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Robert Elz at The University of Melbourne.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)quotactl.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/10/95
+.\"
+.Dd March 10, 1995
+.Dt QUOTACTL 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm quotactl
+.Nd manipulate filesystem quotas
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ufs/quota.h>	/* for ufs quotas */
+.Ft int
+.Fn quotactl "const char *path" "int cmd" "int id" "char *addr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn quotactl
+call enables, disables and
+manipulates filesystem quotas.
+A quota control command
+given by
+.Fa cmd
+operates on the given filename
+.Fa path
+for the given user
+.Fa id .
+The address of an optional command specific data structure,
+.Fa addr ,
+may be given; its interpretation
+is discussed below with each command.
+.Pp
+Currently quotas are supported only for the ``ufs'' filesystem.
+For ``ufs'',
+a command is composed of a primary command (see below)
+and a command type used to interpret the
+.Fa id .
+Types are supported for interpretation of user identifiers
+and group identifiers.
+The ``ufs'' specific commands are:
+.Bl -tag -width Q_QUOTAON
+.It Dv Q_QUOTAON
+Enable disk quotas for the filesystem specified by
+.Fa path .
+The command type specifies the type of the quotas being enabled.
+The
+.Fa addr
+argument specifies a file from which to take the quotas.
+The quota file must exist;
+it is normally created with the 
+.Xr quotacheck 8
+program.
+The
+.Fa id
+argument is unused.
+Only the super-user may turn quotas on.
+.It Dv Q_QUOTAOFF
+Disable disk quotas for the filesystem specified by
+.Fa path .
+The command type specifies the type of the quotas being disabled.
+The
+.Fa addr
+and
+.Fa id
+arguments are unused.
+Only the super-user may turn quotas off.
+.It Dv Q_GETQUOTA
+Get disk quota limits and current usage for the user or group
+(as determined by the command type) with identifier
+.Fa id .
+.Fa Addr
+is a pointer to a
+.Fa struct dqblk
+structure (defined in 
+.Ao Pa ufs/quota.h Ac ) .
+.It Dv Q_SETQUOTA
+Set disk quota limits for the user or group
+(as determined by the command type) with identifier
+.Fa id .
+.Fa Addr
+is a pointer to a
+.Fa struct dqblk
+structure (defined in 
+.Ao Pa ufs/quota.h Ac ) .
+The usage fields of the
+.Fa dqblk
+structure are ignored.
+This call is restricted to the super-user.
+.It Dv Q_SETUSE
+Set disk usage limits for the user or group
+(as determined by the command type) with identifier
+.Fa id .
+.Fa Addr
+is a pointer to a
+.Fa struct dqblk
+structure (defined in
+.Ao Pa ufs/quota.h Ac ) .
+Only the usage fields are used.
+This call is restricted to the super-user.
+.It Dv Q_SYNC
+Update the on-disk copy of quota usages.
+The command type specifies which type of quotas are to be updated.
+The
+.Fa id
+and
+.Fa addr
+parameters are ignored.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+A successful call returns 0,
+otherwise the value -1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+indicates the reason for the failure.
+.Sh ERRORS
+A
+.Fn quotactl
+call will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width ENAMETOOLONGAA
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The kernel has not been compiled with the
+.Dv QUOTA
+option.
+.It Bq Er EUSERS
+The quota table cannot be expanded.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa Cmd
+or the command type is invalid.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A pathname contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+In
+.Dv Q_QUOTAON ,
+the quota file is not a plain file.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of a path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of a path prefix was not a directory.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of either pathname exceeded 255 characters,
+or the entire length of either path name exceeded 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A filename does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating a pathname.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+In
+.Dv Q_QUOTAON ,
+the quota file resides on a read-only filesystem.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An
+.Tn I/O
+error occurred while reading from or writing
+to a file containing quotas.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+An invalid
+.Fa addr
+was supplied; the associated structure could not be copied in or out
+of the kernel.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The call was privileged and the caller was not the super-user.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr quota 1 ,
+.Xr fstab 5 ,
+.Xr edquota 8 ,
+.Xr quotacheck 8 ,
+.Xr quotaon 8 ,
+.Xr repquota 8
+.Sh BUGS
+There should be some way to integrate this call with the resource
+limit interface provided by
+.Xr setrlimit 2
+and
+.Xr getrlimit 2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm quotactl
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..162602538739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sigaltstack.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/1/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 1, 1995
+.Dt SIGALTSTACK 2
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigaltstack
+.Nd set and/or get signal stack context
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <signal.h>
+.Bd -literal
+struct sigaltstack {
+	caddr_t ss_base;
+	long	ss_size;
+	int     ss_flags;
+};
+.Ed
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigaltstack "const struct sigaltstack *ss" "struct sigaltstack *oss"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Sigaltstack
+allows users to define an alternate stack on which signals
+are to be processed.
+If
+.Fa ss
+is non-zero,
+it specifies a pointer to and the size of a
+.Em "signal stack"
+on which to deliver signals,
+and tells the system if the process is currently executing
+on that stack.
+When a signal's action indicates its handler
+should execute on the signal stack (specified with a
+.Xr sigaction 2
+call), the system checks to see
+if the process is currently executing on that stack.
+If the process is not currently executing on the signal stack,
+the system arranges a switch to the signal stack for the
+duration of the signal handler's execution. 
+.Pp
+If
+.Dv SA_DISABLE
+is set in
+.Fa ss_flags ,
+.Fa ss_base
+and
+.Fa ss_size
+are ignored and the signal stack will be disabled.
+Trying to disable an active stack will cause
+.Nm
+to return -1 with
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Dv EINVAL .
+A disabled stack will cause all signals to be
+taken on the regular user stack.
+If the stack is later re-enabled then all signals that were specified
+to be processed on an alternate stack will resume doing so.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa oss
+is non-zero, the current signal stack state is returned.
+The
+.Fa ss_flags
+field will contain the value
+.Dv SA_ONSTACK
+if the process is currently on a signal stack and
+.Dv SA_DISABLE
+if the signal stack is currently disabled.
+.Sh NOTES
+The value
+.Dv SIGSTKSZ
+is defined to be the number of bytes/chars that would be used to cover
+the usual case when allocating an alternate stack area.
+The following code fragment is typically used to allocate an alternate stack.
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if ((sigstk.ss_base = malloc(SIGSTKSZ)) == NULL)
+	/* error return */
+sigstk.ss_size = SIGSTKSZ;
+sigstk.ss_flags = 0;
+if (sigaltstack(&sigstk,0) < 0)
+	perror("sigaltstack");
+.Ed
+An alternative approach is provided for programs with signal handlers
+that require a specific amount of stack space other than the default size.
+The value
+.Dv MINSIGSTKSZ
+is defined to be the number of bytes/chars that is required by
+the operating system to implement the alternate stack feature.
+In computing an alternate stack size,
+programs should add
+.Dv MINSIGSTKSZ
+to their stack requirements to allow for the operating system overhead.
+.Pp
+Signal stacks are automatically adjusted for the direction of stack
+growth and alignment requirements.
+Signal stacks may or may not be protected by the hardware and
+are not ``grown'' automatically as is done for the normal stack.
+If the stack overflows and this space is not protected
+unpredictable results may occur.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, a value of 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and 
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Sigstack
+will fail and the signal stack context will remain unchanged
+if one of the following occurs.
+.Bl -tag -width [ENOMEM]
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+Either
+.Fa ss
+or
+.Fa oss
+points to memory that is not a valid part of the process
+address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An attempt was made to disable an active stack.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Size of alternate stack area is less than or equal to
+.Dv MINSIGSTKSZ .
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr setjmp 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The predecessor to
+.Nm sigaltstack ,
+the
+.Fn sigstack
+system call, appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2fa3c8d3e74a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sigsuspend.2	8.2 (Berkeley) 5/16/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 16, 1995
+.Dt SIGSUSPEND 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigsuspend
+.Nd atomically release blocked signals and wait for interrupt
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <signal.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigsuspend "const sigset_t *sigmask"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Sigsuspend
+temporarily changes the blocked signal mask to the set to which
+.Fa sigmask
+points,
+and then waits for a signal to arrive;
+on return the previous set of masked signals is restored.
+The signal mask set
+is usually empty to indicate that all
+signals are to be unblocked for the duration of the call.
+.Pp
+In normal usage, a signal is blocked using
+.Xr sigprocmask 2
+to begin a critical section, variables modified on the occurrence
+of the signal are examined to determine that there is no work
+to be done, and the process pauses awaiting work by using
+.Fn sigsuspend
+with the previous mask returned by
+.Xr sigprocmask .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn sigsuspend
+function
+always terminates by being interrupted, returning -1 with
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Dv EINTR .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigsetops 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm sigsuspend
+function call
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-88 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/stat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/stat.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6c39663b1d0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/stat.2
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)stat.2	8.4 (Berkeley) 5/1/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 1, 1995
+.Dt STAT 2
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm stat ,
+.Nm lstat ,
+.Nm fstat
+.Nd get file status
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/stat.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn stat "const char *path" "struct stat *sb"
+.Ft int
+.Fn lstat "const char *path" "struct stat *sb"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fstat "int fd" "struct stat *sb"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn stat
+function obtains information about the file pointed to by
+.Fa path .
+Read, write or execute
+permission of the named file is not required, but all directories
+listed in the path name leading to the file must be searchable.
+.Pp
+.Fn Lstat
+is like
+.Fn stat
+except in the case where the named file is a symbolic link,
+in which case
+.Fn lstat
+returns information about the link,
+while
+.Fn stat
+returns information about the file the link references.
+Unlike other filesystem objects,
+symbolic links do not have an owner, group, access mode, times, etc.
+Instead, these attributes are taken from the directory that
+contains the link.
+The only attributes returned from an
+.Fn lstat
+that refer to the symbolic link itself are the file type (S_IFLNK),
+size, blocks, and link count (always 1).
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn fstat
+obtains the same information about an open file
+known by the file descriptor
+.Fa fd .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa sb
+argument is a pointer to a
+.Fn stat
+structure
+as defined by
+.Aq Pa sys/stat.h
+(shown below)
+and into which information is placed concerning the file.
+.Bd -literal
+struct stat {
+    dev_t    st_dev;    /* device inode resides on */
+    ino_t    st_ino;    /* inode's number */
+    mode_t   st_mode;   /* inode protection mode */
+    nlink_t  st_nlink;  /* number or hard links to the file */
+    uid_t    st_uid;    /* user-id of owner */
+    gid_t    st_gid;    /* group-id of owner */
+    dev_t    st_rdev;   /* device type, for special file inode */
+    struct timespec st_atimespec;  /* time of last access */
+    struct timespec st_mtimespec;  /* time of last data modification */
+    struct timespec st_ctimespec;  /* time of last file status change */
+    off_t    st_size;   /* file size, in bytes */
+    quad_t   st_blocks; /* blocks allocated for file */
+    u_long   st_blksize;/* optimal file sys I/O ops blocksize */
+    u_long   st_flags;  /* user defined flags for file */
+    u_long   st_gen;    /* file generation number */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The time-related fields of
+.Fa struct stat
+are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width XXXst_mtime
+.It st_atime
+Time when file data last accessed.
+Changed by the
+.Xr mknod 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2
+and
+.Xr read 2
+system calls.
+.It st_mtime
+Time when file data last modified.
+Changed by the
+.Xr mknod 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2
+and
+.Xr write 2
+system calls.
+.It st_ctime
+Time when file status was last changed (inode data modification).
+Changed by the
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr link 2 ,
+.Xr mknod 2 ,
+.Xr rename 2 ,
+.Xr unlink 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2
+and
+.Xr write 2
+system calls.
+.El
+.Pp
+The size-related fields of the
+.Fa struct stat
+are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width XXXst_blksize
+.It st_blksize
+The optimal I/O block size for the file.
+.It st_blocks
+The actual number of blocks allocated for the file in 512-byte units.
+As short symbolic links are stored in the inode, this number may
+be zero.
+.El
+.Pp
+The status information word
+.Fa st_mode
+has the following bits:
+.Bd -literal
+#define S_IFMT 0170000           /* type of file */
+#define        S_IFIFO  0010000  /* named pipe (fifo) */
+#define        S_IFCHR  0020000  /* character special */
+#define        S_IFDIR  0040000  /* directory */
+#define        S_IFBLK  0060000  /* block special */
+#define        S_IFREG  0100000  /* regular */
+#define        S_IFLNK  0120000  /* symbolic link */
+#define        S_IFSOCK 0140000  /* socket */
+#define S_ISUID 0004000  /* set user id on execution */
+#define S_ISGID 0002000  /* set group id on execution */
+#define S_ISVTX 0001000  /* save swapped text even after use */
+#define S_IRUSR 0000400  /* read permission, owner */
+#define S_IWUSR 0000200  /* write permission, owner */
+#define S_IXUSR 0000100  /* execute/search permission, owner */
+.Ed
+.Pp
+For a list of access modes, see
+.Aq Pa sys/stat.h ,
+.Xr access 2
+and
+.Xr chmod 2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion a value of 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+Previous versions of the system used different types for the
+.Li st_dev ,
+.Li st_uid ,
+.Li st_gid ,
+.Li st_rdev ,
+.Li st_size ,
+.Li st_blksize
+and
+.Li st_blocks
+fields.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Stat
+and
+.Fn lstat
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width ENAMETOOLONGAA
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The pathname contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded 255 characters,
+or an entire path name exceeded 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Sb
+or
+.Em name
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width [EFAULT]
+.Fn Fstat
+will fail if:
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Sb
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 2 ,
+.Xr chown 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2
+.Xr symlink 7
+.Sh BUGS
+Applying
+.Xr fstat
+to a socket (and thus to a pipe)
+returns a zero'd buffer,
+except for the blocksize field,
+and a unique device and inode number.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn stat
+and
+.Fn fstat
+function calls are expected to
+conform to IEEE Std 1003.1-1988
+.Pq Dq Tn POSIX .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm lstat
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/statfs.2 b/lib/libc/sys/statfs.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6db63c6f124c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/statfs.2
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)statfs.2	8.5 (Berkeley) 5/24/95
+.\"
+.Dd May 24, 1995
+.Dt STATFS 2
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm statfs
+.Nd get file system statistics
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/param.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/mount.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn statfs "const char *path" "struct statfs *buf"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fstatfs "int fd" "struct statfs *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Statfs
+returns information about a mounted file system.
+.Fa Path
+is the path name of any file within the mounted filesystem.
+.Fa Buf
+is a pointer to a
+.Fn statfs
+structure defined as follows:
+.Bd -literal
+typedef quad fsid_t;
+
+#define MFSNAMELEN	16	/* length of fs type name, including null */
+#define	MNAMELEN	90	/* length of buffer for returned name */
+
+struct statfs {
+	short	f_type;			/* filesystem type number */
+	short	f_flags;		/* copy of mount flags */
+	long	f_bsize;		/* fundamental file system block size */
+	long	f_iosize;		/* optimal transfer block size */
+	long	f_blocks;		/* total data blocks in file system */
+	long	f_bfree;		/* free blocks in fs */
+	long	f_bavail;		/* free blocks avail to non-superuser */
+	long	f_files;		/* total file nodes in file system */
+	long	f_ffree;		/* free file nodes in fs */
+	fsid_t	f_fsid;			/* file system id */
+	uid_t	f_owner;		/* user that mounted the filesystem */
+	long	f_spare[4];		/* spare for later */
+	char	f_fstypename[MFSNAMELEN]; /* fs type name */
+	char	f_mntonname[MNAMELEN];	/* directory on which mounted */
+	char	f_mntfromname[MNAMELEN];/* mounted filesystem */
+};
+.Ed
+The flags that may be returned include:
+.Bl -tag -width MNT_ASYNCHRONOUS
+.It Dv MNT_RDONLY
+The filesystem is mounted read-only;
+Even the super-user may not write on it.
+.It Dv MNT_NOEXEC
+Files may not be executed from the filesystem.
+.It Dv MNT_NOSUID
+Setuid and setgid bits on files are not honored when they are executed.
+.It Dv MNT_NODEV
+Special files in the filesystem may not be opened.
+.It Dv MNT_SYNCHRONOUS
+All I/O to the filesystem is done synchronously.
+.It Dv MNT_ASYNCHRONOUS
+No filesystem I/O is done synchronously.
+.It Dv MNT_LOCAL
+The filesystem resides locally.
+.It Dv MNT_QUOTA
+The filesystem has quotas enabled on it.
+.It Dv MNT_ROOTFS
+Identifies the root filesystem.
+.It Dv MNT_EXRDONLY
+The filesystem is exported read-only.
+.It Dv MNT_EXPORTED
+The filesystem is exported for both reading and writing.
+.It Dv MNT_DEFEXPORTED
+The filesystem is exported for both reading and writing to any Internet host.
+.It Dv MNT_EXPORTANON
+The filesystem maps all remote accesses to the anonymous user.
+.It Dv MNT_EXKERB
+The filesystem is exported with Kerberos uid mapping.
+.El
+.Pp
+Fields that are undefined for a particular file system are set to -1.
+.Fn Fstatfs
+returns the same information about an open file referenced by descriptor
+.Fa fd .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, a value of 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, -1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Statfs
+fails if one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width ENAMETOOLONGA
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix of
+.Fa Path
+is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa path
+contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+The length of a component of
+.Fa path
+exceeds 255 characters,
+or the length of
+.Fa path
+exceeds 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The file referred to by
+.Fa path
+does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of
+.Fa path .
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating
+.Fa path .
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Buf
+or
+.Fa path
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An
+.Tn I/O
+error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Pp
+.Fn Fstatfs
+fails if one or more of the following are true:
+.Bl -tag -width ENAMETOOLONGA
+.It Bq Er EBADF
+.Fa Fd
+is not a valid open file descriptor.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Buf
+points to an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An
+.Tn I/O
+error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
+.El
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm statfs
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/undelete.2 b/lib/libc/sys/undelete.2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..317397c8d0d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/undelete.2
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994
+.\"	Jan-Simon Pendry
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)undelete.2	8.4 (Berkeley) 10/18/94
+.\"
+.Dd October 18, 1994
+.Dt UNDELETE 2
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm undelete
+.Nd attempt to recover a deleted file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn undelete "const char *path"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn undelete
+function attempts to recover the deleted file named by
+.Fa path .
+Currently, this works only when the named object
+is a whiteout in a union filesystem.
+The system call removes the whiteout causing
+any objects in a lower layer of the
+union stack to become visible once more.
+.Pp
+Eventually, the
+.Nm undelete
+functionality may be expanded to other filesystems able to recover
+deleted files such as the log-structured filesystem.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, a value of 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn undelete
+succeeds unless:
+.Bl -tag -width ENAMETOOLONGAA
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The pathname contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded 255 characters,
+or an entire path name exceeded 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er EEXIST
+The path does not reference a whiteout.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named whiteout does not exist.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix.
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Write permission is denied on the directory containing the name
+to be undeleted.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The directory containing the name is marked sticky,
+and the containing directory is not owned by the effective user ID.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while updating the directory entry.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The name resides on a read-only file system.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Fa Path
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr unlink 2 ,
+.Xr mount_union 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Nm undelete
+function call first appeared in 4.4BSD-Lite.